Skip to main content

Full text of "The Accessible museum : model programs of accessibility for disabled and older people"

See other formats


"s*a*i«i 

- ..« *  ^7  -*- 

Sw  fir    '31 

* 

,  afc/^tV-    * 

^f*"  1"                     *■ 

fi^^^BB 

A^ 


ft 


14 


\     '« 


:  **-. 


^ 


«£^« 


■>.?>£  «' 


iBw 


tV>''^k 


p^Tw3 


disabled  and  older  people 


.3 


iytcce&&/6/& 


: 


[ji^flnH^^' 


^y€cees&i6/& 


Model  programs  of  accessibility  for 
disabled  and  older  people 


AMERICAN      ASSOCIATION      OF      MUSEUMS 

This  book  was  produced  with  funding  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
and  the  Institute  of  Museum  Services,  federal  agencies. 


The  Accessible  Museum 
Model  Programs  of  Accessibility  for  Disabled  and  Older  People 

Copyright  ©  1992  The  American  Association  of  Museums.  1225  Eye  St.  NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20005. 
All  rights  reserved.  This  book  may  not  be  reproduced  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  any  form,  except  brief 
passages  by  reviewers,  without  written  permission  from  the  publisher. 

Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 
54321    96  95  94  93  92 

LIBRARY   OF   CONGRESS   CATALOGING-IN-PUBLICATION  DATA 

The  Accessible  museum:  model  programs  of  accessibility 
for  disabled  and  older  people, 
p.         cm. 
Includes  bibliographical  references  and  indexes. 
isbn  0-931201-16-0 
1.  Museums — United  States — Access  for  the  physically  handicapped.  2.  Museums  and  the  handi- 
capped— United  States.  I.  American  Association  of  Museums. 

AM160.A27  1992 
069'.  i7'0973— DC20  92-29831  cip 

Compiling  editor  and  interviewer:  Marcia  Sartwell.  Coordinating  editor:  John  Strand.  Production 
editor:  Amy  Grissom.  Associate  coordinating  editors:  Donald  Garfield,  Susannah  Cassedy.  Bibliog- 
rapher: Marina  L.  Rota.  Indexer:  Alice  Fins.  Designers:  Meadows  and  Wiser,  Washington,  D.C.  The 
Bauer  Bodoni  body  typeface  is  12  pt.  throughout  to  accommodate  readers  with  visual  impairment. 
Printed  by  Expert/Brown,  Richmond,  Va. 

PHOTO  CREDITS:  Cover:  John  Larson;  p.  10:  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston;  pp.  19,  20,  23  and  25: 
John  Mueller;  p.  26:  Children  s  Museum  (Photo  by  David  Powell,  Spectrum  Photography);  p.  29:  Chil- 
dren's Museum  (Photo  by  John  Cooper);  p.  31:  Bruce  E.  Millen;  pp.  35,  37  and  39:  Oraein  Catledge; 
p.  40:  Milledgeville-Baldwin  Allied  Arts;  pp.  43,  46:  Natural  History  Museum  of  Los  Angeles  County; 
pp.  48,  51:  John  Mueller;  pp.  57-58:  Aquarium  of  the  Americas;  p.  61:  Donn  Young;  pp.  64,  66,  69  and 
70:  John  Larson;  p.  73:  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation;  p.  75:  Oraien  Catledge;  p.  79:  Jim  Buck 
Ross  Mississippi  Agricultural  and  Forestry/National  Agricultural  Aviation  Museum;  pp.  81-82:  Donn 
Young;  p.  84:  Oakland  Museum  (Photo  by  Joe  Samberg);  p.  87:  Theodore  R.M.  Smith;  p.  88:  Oakland 
Museum  (Photo  by  Joe  Samberg);  p.  91:  Lowell  Handler;  p.  93:  Winterthur  Museum;  pp.  94,  97  and 
ioo:  Lowell  Handler;  pp.  103-104:  Kathleen  MacQueen;  p.  107:  Lowell  Handler;  pp.  109,  112  and  115: 
Courtesy  of  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston;  p.  116:  Jim  Collins;  p.  119:  Robert  S.  Arnold;  pp.  124,  127: 
Theodore  R.M.  Smith;  pp.  128,  130:  M.H.  de  Young  Memorial  Museum;  p.  132  and  back  cover:  Jim 
1  laisler:  p.  135:  Kimbell  Art  Museum  (Photo  by  Michael  Bodycomb);  pp.  137-138:  Jim  Haisler;  p.  140: 
Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  (Photo  by  Wallace  Murray/Design  Media);  p.  146:  Museum  of  Science,  Boston; 
p.  153:  Bruce  Millen;  pp.  154,  157:  University  Museum/Southern  Illinois  University. 

Cover:  A  visitor  enjoys  the  beautiful  Bloedel  Reserve 
Front  is:  Guests  chat  on  I  lie  deck  ot  the  Visitors  Center 


Contents 

Foreword     6 

Preface     8 

Introduction      n 

Unique  Outreach  Programs 

Brookfield  Zoo,  brookfield,  Illinois      18 

The  Children's  Museum,  boston,  Massachusetts      27 

The  John  Marlor  Arts  Center  /  Allied  Arts,  milled geville,  Georgia      34 

Natural  History  Museum  of  Los  Angeles  County,  los  angeles,  California     42 

Spertus  Museum  of  Judaica,  Chicago,  Illinois      49 

Aquarium  of  the  Americas,  new  Orleans,  Louisiana      56 

Innovative  Solutions 

The  Bloedel  Reserve,  bainbridge  island,  Washington      65 

Drayton  Hall,  Charleston,  south  Carolina      72 

Jim  Buck  Ross  Mississippi  Agricultural  and  Forestry  / 

National  Agricultural  Aviation  Museum,  jackson,  Mississippi      78 

The  Oakland  Museum,  Oakland,  California      85 

Winterthur  Museum,  Garden,  and  Library,  winterthur,  Delaware      90 

Broad-Based  Programs 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  new  york,  new  york      ioi 

Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  boston,  Massachusetts      108 

Old  Sturb ridge  Village,  sturb ridge,  Massachusetts      117 

Training  Programs 

The  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco,  san  francisco,  California      125 

Kimbell  Art  Museum,  fort  worth,  texas      133 

Lawrence  Hall  of  Science,  Berkeley,  California      140 

Museum  of  Science,  boston,  Massachusetts      147 

University  Museum  /  Southern  Illinois  University,  carbondale,  Illinois      152 

Bibliography     158 
Index     177 


Foreword 

Museums  across  the  country  are  working  to  make  their  collections  more  available  to 
older  adults  and  people  who  have  various  kinds  of  disabilities.  Federal  and  state  laws, 
including  Section  504  of  the  1973  Rehabilitation  Act  and  the  1990  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act,  have  accelerated  the  timetable  for  the  transition  in  national  attitudes 
and  actions.  The  focus  is  inclusion:  to  open  up  existing  programs  and  services  and  to 
reach  out  to  underserved  communities  in  ways  that  promote  human  dignity. 

Museum  professionals  are  now  realizing  that  fully  accessible  facilities  and  exhi- 
bitions are  making  museums  safer,  more  comfortable,  and  more  meaningful  for 
everyone.  Ramps  and  elevators  reduce  accidents,  accommodate  baby  carriages  and 
carts,  and  are  preferred  by  many  who  do  not  have  disabilities.  Large-print  labeling 
with  good  contrast  is  meant  to  accommodate  everyone.  Captioned  film  and  video 
heighten  reading  skills  for  children  and  foreign  visitors;  and  exhibits  presented  at  a 
height  accessible  to  those  who  use  wheelchairs  are  appreciated  by  adults  of  short 
stature  and  children  as  well. 

This  publication  is  designed  to  encourage  and  assist  you  in  making  your  facili- 
ties and  programs  available  to  older  Americans  and  individuals  with  disabilities 
whether  they  be  staff,  volunteers,  creators,  or  audiences.  The  diverse  museums 
profiled  in  this  book  are  opening  doors  in  ways  that  promote  independence  and  dig- 
nity, and  develop  new  and  larger  audiences.  Each  program  confirms  how  close  com- 
munication with  disabled  and  older  constituents  increases  accessibility  in  the  most 
economical,  efficient,  and  expedient  manner.  The  selected  bibliography  provides  re- 
sources to  assist  this  process.  Most  important,  this  book  demonstrates  full  inclusion 
of  older  adults  and  individuals  with  disabilities,  not  only  in  the  featured  profiles,  but 
in  the  production  of  the  book  as  panelists,  writers,  and  photographers. 

The  creation  of  this  unique  book  grew  out  of  an  agreement  between  the  Institute 
of  Museum  Services  (IMS)  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA).  In  Sep- 
tember 1986,  the  agencies  agreed  to  work  together  "to  advance  the  Federal  agencies' 
common  goal — to  encourage  and  assists  museums  in  making  their  collections  and 
activities  available  to  disabled  people  as  mandated  by  Federal  law." 

Initially,  the  Endowment's  Special  Constituencies  Office  worked  with  the  Smith- 
sonian's National  Museum  of  American  Art  (NMAA)  to  organize  a  nine-member  ad- 
visory committee,  composed  of  consumers  with  disabilities,  accessibility  experts,  and 
staff  to  assist  the  NMAA  in  composing  its  National  Survey  of  Accessibility  in  Muse- 
ums that  was  funded  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  This  detailed  survey  was  sent 
to  2,000  museums  throughout  the  country,  and  40  percent  responded.  This  research, 
which  was  published  in  May  1989,  uncovered  a  broad  spectrum  of  exciting  projects 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
6 


and  resources.  It  not  only  provided  the  initial  research  for  this  book,  but  reinforced 
the  need  for  such  a  publication.  Subsequently,  the  Arts  Endowment  developed  co- 
operative agreements  with  NMAA  to  compose  the  selected  bibliography  and  the 
American  Association  of  Museums  to  produce  The  Accessible  Museum^  which  were 
jointly  funded  by  NEA  and  IMS.  AAM  worked  with  the  two  agencies  to  convene  a 
nine-member  panel  on  November  29,  1990,  which  recommended  the  models  docu- 
mented in  this  publication  out  of  a  pool  of  61  museums. 

I  hope  The  Accessible  Museum  will  motivate  readers  to  look  more  carefully  at 
how  they  meet  the  needs  of  their  older  and  disabled  staff,  volunteers,  and  visitors; 
to  seek  their  advice  in  discovering  where  gaps  exist;  and  to  make  any  needed  im- 
provements so  that  every  American  may  have  the  opportunity  to  experience  this  na- 
tion's cultural  richness. 

— Daphne  Wood  Murray,  Deputy  Chairman  for  Public  Partnership,  NEA 


The  American  Association  of  Museums  acknowledges  with  gratitude  the  following 
individuals  who  have  contributed  to  the  publication  of  The  Accessible  Museum:  For 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  Acting  Chairman  Anne-Imelda  Radice  and 
her  predecessors  John  Frohnmayer  and  Frank  Hodsoll,  Kate  L.  Moore,  and  project 
director  Paula  Terry.  For  the  Institute  of  Museum  Services,  Director  Susannah 
Simpson  Kent,  former  Director  Lois  Burke  Shepard,  and  Rebecca  Danvers;  and  for 
bibliographical  research,  Margaret  Cogswell,  and  Mary  Gregg  Misch. 

We  extend  our  appreciation  to  the  members  of  the  Advisory  Committee  for  the 
National  Survey  of  Accessibility  in  Museums  in  the  United  States,  conducted  by  the 
National  Museum  of  American  Art,  Smithsonian  Institution:  Judith  O'Sullivan, 
Margaret  Cogswell,  National  Museum  of  American  Art;  Jan  Majewski,  Smithsonian 
Institution;  Priscilla  McCutcheon,  Boulder,  Colo.;  Mary  Ellen  Munley,  George  Wash- 
ington University;  Mary  Jane  Owen,  Disability  Focus,  Inc.;  Margaret  E.  Porter,  U.S. 
Dept.  of  Health  and  Human  Services;  Deborah  M.  Sonnenstrahl,  Gallaudet  Univer- 
sity; Paula  Terry,  NEA;  and  Gail  Weigl,  Corcoran  School  of  Art.  For  serving  as  chair 
of  the  selection  panel,  we  thank  Charles  K.  Steiner,  Art  Museum,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity, and  panelists  Kathy  Ball,  Lafayette  Natural  History  Museum  and  Planetarium; 
Ray  Bloomer,  Sagamore  Hill  National  Historic  Site;  Karen  Dummer,  Children's  Mu- 
seum, St.  Paul,  Minn.;  Lana  Grant,  Sac  and  Fox  Library;  Janet  Kamien,  Field  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History;  Dianne  Pilgrim,  Cooper-Hewitt,  National  Museum  of  De- 
sign; Beth  Rudolph,  Very  Special  Arts,  New  Mexico;  and  Deborah  Sonnenstrahl. 

At  AAM  we  acknowledge  the  work  of  Kathy  Dwyer  Southern  and  Bill  Anderson, 
and  the  research  efforts  of  Nancy  Hayward. 


FOREWORD 

7 


Preface 


DIANNE    PILGRIM 


publication  of  The  Accessible  Museum  is 
an  important  achievement  for  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  Institute 
of  Museum  Services,  and  the  American  Association  of  Museums.  By  directly  ad- 
dressing the  specific  issues  of  accessibility  for  museum  audiences,  the  nea  and  aam 
endorse  what  we  know  to  be  at  the  core  of  all  museums:  they  are  for  everyone.  This 
simple  declaration,  an  element  of  every  public  museum's  mission,  is  one  that  is 
all  too  often  overlooked.  Barriers  of  all  kinds  —  intellectual,  social,  cultural,  and 
physical — prevent  museums  from  fulfilling  their  potential  as  educational  and  cul- 
tural centers. 

As  a  museum  director  with  a  physical  disability,  I  observe  these  barriers  and  their 
impact  from  a  unique  perspective.  I  am  concerned  both  with  making  the  content  and 
presentation  of  museum  exhibitions  accessible  to  the  widest  possible  audience  and 
ensuring  physical  access  to  the  museum  facility  for  each  visitor.  From  the  vantage 
point  of  my  profession,  my  concern  is  that  both  of  these  issues  be  successfully  ad- 
dressed. But  as  I  enter  my  own  place  of  work  in  a  wheelchair,  via  the  back  door,  never 
having  been  able  to  mount  the  stairs  leading  to  the  museum's  front  door,  I  have  a 
special  interest  in  accessibility,  particularly  as  it  relates  to  the  museum  environment. 
This  concern  is  not  just  about  physical  access,  but  it  is  about  creating  exhibitions 
and  educational  programs  that  are  inclusive  for  people  with  visual  and  hearing  im- 
pairments as  well  as  learning  disabilities. 

I  believe  it  is  the  combination  of  physical  accommodation  and  mutual  respect 
that  is  the  important  factor  in  making  museums  accessible.  It  is  not  enough  to  ad- 
here to  codes  and  requirements  of  door  widths  or  tt  (Telephone  Texts  for  hearing 
impaired  people).  These  architectural  changes  and  improvements  plus  adaptive 
devices  facilitate  movement  in  a  building  and  make  the  programs  accessible  to  a 
wide  audience,  but  more  than,  the  physical  site  must  be  changed.  Our  attitudes 


8 


must  be  changed  so  that  accommodation  does  not  come  only  to  equal  inconve- 
nience. Just  because  there's  a  ramp  to  the  door,  or  a  grab  bar  in  the  lavatory  doesn't 
mean  that  the  problems  of  accessibility  have  been  solved.  From  museum  guards 
to  tour  guides,  curators  to  administrators,  all  of  the  public  must  be  treated  with 
dignity,  courtesy,  and  human  understanding.  Our  attitude  must  change  to  view  the 
public  as  just  that:  a  group  of  diverse  people  with  various  needs,  concerns,  abili- 
ties, and  limitations. 

My  career  in  museums  developed  in  a  traditional  manner — a  love  for  the  sub- 
ject and  eventually  a  desire  to  help  chart  the  direction  of  an  institution  dedicated 
to  design.  I  was  diagnosed  with  multiple  sclerosis  in  1978  and  have  used  a  wheel- 
chair for  the  past  six  years.  During  this  time  the  word  "accessibility '  has  taken  on 
new  meaning.  It  is  not  good  enough  for  something  to  be  just  beautiful,  it  must 
function  well  also.  Good  design  is  about  creative  problem  solving.  We  all  need  to 
be  better  designers  when  it  comes  to  organizing  museum  exhibitions  and  educa- 
tional programs. 

This  is  a  critical  message.  Our  museums  of  art,  design,  science,  and  history  should 
be  accessible  to  everyone.  The  truth  is  that  what  is  being  done  in  the  name  of  ac- 
cessibility for  persons  with  disabilities  will  make  everyone's  daily  life  easier.  As  our 
population  ages,  we  will  all  come  to  appreciate  the  changes  that  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act  requires. 

Some  of  the  most  impressive  programs  in  this  book  are  the  ones  that  are  inclu- 
sive. Rather  than  devising  projects  for  people  with  special  needs  (i.e.  older  people, 
visually  impaired  individuals,  etc.),  educational  programs  should  speak  to  multiple 
voices,  concerns,  needs,  and  interests. 

As  we  begin  to  see  advocacy  result  in  physical  changes  at  our  local  supermarket, 
on  the  sidewalks,  and  in  museums,  we  must  also  work  to  broach  the  other  side  of 
the  question.  We  must  make  our  attitude  one  of  acceptance  and  respect.  It  is  only 
with  alteration  and  attitude  that  accessibility  can  be  truly  successful. 


Dianne  Pilgrim  is  director  of  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum, 
The  Smithsonian  Institution 's  National  Museum  of  Design,  New  York. 


PREFACE 

9 


A 


Introduction 


CHARLES    K.    STEINER 


he  Accessible  Museum  profiles  nineteen  Amer- 
ican museums  with  relative  availability  to  disabled  people.  It  is  intended  to  encour- 
age museums  to  devise  similarly  creative  ways  to  make  their  collections  meaningful 
to  a  constituency  that  has  not  heretofore  had  the  opportunity  to  take  advantage  of 
cultural  offerings,  especially  those  of  museums.  The  goal  of  this  particular  essay  is 
to  lead  the  reader  to  approach  the  issues  surrounding  accessibility  for  disabled  peo- 
ple in  museums  as  a  discipline  or  field  of  study,  rather  than  as  a  prescribed  and  lim- 
ited set  of  precepts  required  by  law. 

As  a  premise,  the  notion  of  accessibility  for  disabled  people  is  still  considered  by 
some  to  be  a  radical  idea:  one  can  cite  various  news  items  on  the  alteration  of  mass 
transit  (e.g.,  kneeling  buses,  elevators  in  subways)  to  substantiate  the  view  that  ac- 
cessibility for  disabled  people  is  perceived  as  extreme  or  fanatic.  This  "radical  idea" 
was  legislated  into  federal  law  by  the  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  and  its 
principles  broadened  and  further  articulated  by  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act 
of  1990.  The  often  cited  and  critical  portion  of  the  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act  of 
1973  says:  "No  otherwise  qualified  handicapped  individual  in  the  United  States  .  .  . 
shall,  solely  by  reason  of  his  handicap,  be  excluded  from  the  participation  in,  be  de- 
nied the  benefits  of,  or  be  subjected  to  discrimination  under  any  program  or  activ- 
ity receiving  federal  financial  assistance." 

There  are  approximately  43  million  disabled  persons  in  the  United  States;  it  is 
estimated  that  one  in  five  Americans  have  one  or  more  impairments.  The  Arts  En- 
dowment's 504  Regulations  define  disabled  persons  as  "any  person  who  has  a  phys- 
ical or  mental  impairment  that  substantially  limits  one  or  more  life  activities,  has  a 
record  of  such  impairment,  or  is  regarded  as  having  such  an  impairment."  In  addi- 

Access  to  collections  for  disabled  visitors  fulfills  the  museum 's  democratic  mandate. 


11 


tion  to  widely  introducing  the  concept  of  equal  rights  (including  equal  opportunity 
in  employment)  for  disabled  people,  504 's  other  precepts  include  encouraging  con- 
sultation with  disabled  persons  (i.e.,  the  consumers)  in  developing  viable  solutions 
to  accessibility  problems,  and  requiring  institutions  receiving  federal  support  to  pre- 
pare both  a  self-evaluation  and  a  transition  plan  summarizing  their  current  level  of 
accessibility,  and  plans  for  improvement.  While  the  legislation  was  not  altogether 
successful,  it  did  influence  many  museums,  including  those  featured  in  this  book,  to 
consider  disabled  people  as  a  viable  potential  audience  and  to  explore  various  ac- 
commodations to  make  the  constituency  more  comfortable  in  a  museum  setting.  The 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  broadens  the  federal  antidiscrimination  mandate  to 
all  public  services  including  public  transportation,  all  public  accommodations,  in- 
cluding museums,  and  telecommunications.  No  longer  may  a  museum  opt  to  forego 
federal  funding  to  avoid  the  steps  or  costs  associated  with  making  itself  accessible  to 
people  with  various  disabilities. 

The  use  of  the  term  "disabled,"  while  convenient  as  an  abbreviation,  is  mislead- 
ing because  it  implies  a  homogeneous  subgroup  of  humanity.  Everyone's  disability  is 
different  and  accessibility  solutions  that  work  for  one  person  may  not  work  for  an- 
other. Further,  there  is  sometimes  an  alienation  between  groups  of  disabled  people 
such  that  a  consensus  on  anything  is  impossible.  The  overlap  between  the  population 
labeled  as  disabled  and  those  labeled  as  senior  citizens  has  always  been  sensitive; 
many  older  adults  do  not  wish  to  identify  themselves  as  disabled.  Thus,  there  is  fre- 
quently a  schism  between  those  over  and  those  under  65  in  self-perception;  older 
adults  who  deny  their  physical  limitations  and  the  young  who  have,  as  the  female  lead 
in  the  Broadway  hit  Children  of  a  Lesser  God.,  a  pride  in  their  identity  as  "disabled." 

Even  within  disability  groups,  there  is  frequently  so  much  division  that  those  who 
wish  to  deliver  services  to  disabled  individuals,  like  museums,  have  a  very  unclear 
focus.  Among  people  who  are  deaf,  there  are  those  who  communicate  by  sign  lan- 
guage and  those  who  won't;  among  blind  people,  there  are  those  who  support  shel- 
tered workshops  and  those  who  don't.  There  is  a  very  great  disassociation  between 
disabled  people  who  do  and  do  not  have  neurological  impairments,  especially  men- 
tal retardation.  So  frequently  have  the  minds  of  people  with  physical  limitations 
(blind,  deaf,  mobility  impaired)  been  questioned,  that  they  go  to  extraordinary 
lengths  to  disassociate  themselves  from  people  with  mental  disabilities.  The  British 
Broadcasting  Company  radio  used  to  air  a  radio  program  called  "Does  He  Take 
Sugar?"  The  title  memorialized  the  waiter  who  asks  a  blind  person's  sighted  escort 
how  the  blind  person  would  like  his  tea,  rather  than  the  blind  consumer  himself. 

Museum  services  for  disabled  people  are  not  new,  nor  dependent  on  law.  The  Met- 
ropolitan Museum  of  Art,  for  example,  has  been  serving  such  groups  since  1913,  when 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
12 


Robert  W.  de  Forest,  Secretary  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  offered  two  lectures  on 
American  sculpture  and  musical  instruments,  complete  with  touchable  objects  and 
braille.  There  are  also  records  of  the  museum's  "story  hour  for  physically  handi- 
capped children"  in  1924-25,  and  "lip  reading  lectures"  in  1926.  In  the  context  of 
these  Metropolitan  Museum  programs,  what  is  really  so  new  about  the  concept  of 
museum  accessibility  for  disabled  people,  and  why  has  it  taken  all  of  us,  disabled 
consumers  and  museum  staff  alike,  so  long  to  establish  what  has  been  popularly  re- 
ferred to  as  "cultural  access"? 

One  answer  is  that  the  word  "access"  or  "accessibility"  has  been  overused  and 
its  meaning  has  become  ambiguous  in  general  usage.  The  term  is  also  so  closely  as- 
sociated with  the  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  that  its  underlying  goal  of  in- 
tegration has  been  lost  by  many.  In  turn,  the  need  to  comply  with  the  law  has  some- 
times eclipsed  the  philosophical  and  educational  foundation  for  mixing  disabled 
people  into  our  society,  including  museums.  (If  asked  to  justify  a  particular  program 
or  architectural  renovation,  many  museum  professionals  will  answer  "legal  require- 
ments" or  "the  law,"  without  really  knowing  which  law  or  any  other  legal  speci- 
fications.) The  mythic  absoluteness  associated  with  504,  which  in  fact  proved  to  be 
so  absolute  that  it  required  an  additional  piece  of  federal  legislation — the  ada — pre- 
cluded development  of  cultural  access  for  disabled  people  as  a  discipline.  Whereas 
art  historians  study  the  history  of  art  or  natural  history  curators  study  biology  or 
botany  and  continue  to  do  so  throughout  their  careers  in  museums,  few  administra- 
tors expediting  cultural  access  for  disabled  people  in  museums  have  reviewed  any- 
thing but  the  most  cursory  surveys  of  solutions  by  other  institutions.  They  may  not 
have  time  to  take  the  additional  responsibility  of  504  or  ada  compliance,  and,  once 
more,  they  may  not  be  particularly  interested  in  the  problem.  Thus,  the  fiction  of  a 
prescribed  solution  is  attractive.  It  also  explains  why,  over  the  years,  museums  keep 
repeating  the  same  mistakes  and  why  the  field  of  museum  accessibility,  or  whatever 
we  wish  to  call  it,  has  moved  forward  ever  so  slowly — too  slowly  given  the  number 
of  disabled  people  in  the  United  States. 

It  is  time  to  inject  the  field  with  new  vocabulary,  to  evaluate  methodology,  to  re- 
examine goals.  Such  a  review  should  begin  as  it  would  in  any  other  field,  with  a  sur- 
vey of  the  literature.  Over  the  years,  there  have  been  influential  books  published  by 
American  and  foreign  museums  or  museum-related  service  organizations,  authored 
by  seminal  figures  in  our  discipline.  To  ensure  improvement  on  past  programs  and 
progress  in  accessibility,  these  and  other  published  volumes  must  be  reviewed  before 
proceeding. 

One  particularly  important  book  is  The  Principle  of  Normalization  in  Human 
Services  (1972)  by  Wolf  Wolfensberger  because  it  provides  theoretical  guidance  in  in- 

INTRODUCTION 

13 


tegrating  disabled  people  into  society  from  the  point  of  view  of  institutions,  mostly 
residential,  that  care  for  human  beings.  Instead  of  concentrating  on  aesthetic  "con- 
cessions" that  must  be  made  to  make  services  available  to  disabled  people  (e.g.,  low- 
ering pedestals,  enlarging  typeface,  etc.),  the  book  concentrates  on  overall  strategies 
for  moving  particular  individuals  from  cloistered  to  less  protective  environments  and 
lifestyles.  In  this  author's  view,  it  is  unfortunate  that  so  much  of  the  literature  aimed 
at  accessibility  in  museums  has  stressed  concessions,  what  museum  staff  often  per- 
ceive as  aesthetically  negative  changes.  While  the  justification  "everyone  benefits"  is 
always  included  in  these  rationalizations,  the  argument  has  not  been  convincing. 
Wolfensberger  argues  for  integrating  disabled  people  into  society,  but  from  a  very 
different  point  of  view,  and  in  so  doing,  is  of  great  help  to  those  of  us  trying  to  de- 
vise strategies  for  incorporating  disabled  people  into  the  museum-going  public.  So 
frequently,  museums  install  a  ramp  or  special  program,  but  lack  consistent  overall 
accessibility  to  the  museum. 

Wolfensberger  defines  normalization  as  the  "utilization  of  means  which  are  as 
culturally  normative  as  possible,  in  order  to  establish  and/or  maintain  personal  be- 
haviors and  characteristics  which  are  as  culturally  normative  as  possible."  He  goes 
on  to  add: 

"The  normalization  principle  as  stated  is  deceptively  simple.  Many  individuals 
will  agree  to  it  whole-heartedly,  while  lacking  awareness  of  even  the  most  immedi- 
ate and  major  corollaries  and  implications.  Indeed,  many  human  managers  endorse 
the  principle  readily  while  engaging  in  practices  quite  opposed  to  it — without  being 
aware  of  this  discordance  until  the  implications  are  spelled  out.  Then  a  manager  may 
find  himself  in  a  very  painful  dilemma,  endorsing  simultaneously  a  principle,  as  well 
as  practices  opposed  to  it." 

A  prime  example,  in  some  museums,  of  the  conflict  between  principle  and  prac- 
tice is  the  appointment  of  a  disabled  person  to  teach  other  disabled  individuals  rather 
than  nondisabled  visitors  in  the  public  galleries.  The  principle  of  normalization 
would  encourage  the  integration  of  disabled  museum  employees  in  jobs  other  than 
those  which  have  exclusive  contact  with  disabled  visitors.  Similarly,  how  would  the 
normalization  principle  apply  to  special  touch  exhibitions  of  art  in  museums  which 
do  not  normally  allow  touching?  This  is  not  to  say  that  museums  shouldn't  hire  dis- 
abled teachers  or  organize  touch  exhibitions;  Wolfensberger  emphasizes  the  impor- 
tance of  criteria  and  values  in  the  decision  to  "normalize."  The  goals  surrounding 
accessibility  need  to  be  clarified  and  museums  must  recognize  their  own  biases  as  a 
profession  in  influencing  the  course  of  the  discipline. 

Is  the  issue  before  us  accessibility,  integration,  and  equality  in  a  legal  and  a  the- 
oretical sense,  or  is  it  quality  programming  and  contact  with  museum  collections?  A 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
14 


conflict  arises  here  between  these  concepts  from  the  museum's  point  of  view.  Most  of 
us  are  concerned  with  bringing  museum  collections  and  disabled  people  closer  to- 
gether. At  the  same  time,  it  is  a  fact  that  our  museums  have  grown  to  become  more 
than  collections -centered  institutions.  Many  museums  have  gift  shops,  parking  lots, 
rest  rooms,  and  restaurants,  as  well  as  sponsor  parties  and  receptions.  Many  mu- 
seum visitors,  both  able-bodied  and  disabled,  come  to  museums  expressly  to  take 
advantage  of  these  services  rather  than  to  view  the  collections.  Indeed,  there  is  a  fun- 
damentally false  assumption  being  made  as  a  premise  for  many  programs  that  are 
accessible  to  disabled  people:  that  disabled  people  necessarily  want  to  have  contact 
with  museum  collections.  As  museum  professionals,  we  only  assume  this  premise  be- 
cause it  is  in  the  self-interest  of  museum  professionals  to  do  so;  we  do  not  allow  dis- 
abled citizens  the  same  rights  of  disinterest  that  we  allow  other  visitors.  Therefore, 
our  discipline  of  accessibility  has  two  subfields  of  study:  facilitating  integration  in 
compliance  with  legislation  (e.g.,  making  buildings  architecturally  accessible  and 
providing  comparable  services  in  an  accessible  location)  and  encouraging  disabled 
people  to  use,  enjoy,  and  learn  from  museum  collections. 

These,  however,  can  be  mutually  exclusive  ideas.  To  date,  many  museums  have 
been  using  a  museum  program,  often  one  museum  program,  such  as  a  touch  exhi- 
bition or  the  installation  of  a  ramp,  as  a  standard  bearer  or  substitute  solution  to 
504/ADA  compliance.  This  has  presented  the  government  and  the  consumer  with  a 
quandary:  on  the  one  hand,  it  is  heartening  to  see  museums  finally  make  a  sub- 
stantive gesture  toward  disabled  audiences.  But  by  condoning  or  complimenting  the 
effort,  are  the  consumer  and  government  sanctioning  the  postponement  of  a  neces- 
sary, broader,  museum  action  toward  accessibility?  A  corollary  to  this  quandary  is 
from  the  perspective  of  the  museum  professional.  Suppose  a  curator  believes  the 
primary  business  of  museums  is  collections-oriented  and  that  the  first  aim  of  ac- 
cessibility should  be  facilitating  contact  with  the  collections  to  the  point  of  exclud- 
ing the  architectural  alteration  of  gift  shops  or  museum  restaurants.  Accessibility 
cannot  be  approached  selectively  but  must  parallel  the  functions,  however  diverse, 
of  the  museum. 

This  book,  then,  is  a  departure  point,  not  an  end  in  and  of  itself.  The  museum 
community  should  use  it  to  further  develop  the  field  of  disabled  visitor  services  by 
understanding  the  need  to  become  familiar  with  similar  work  being  carried  out  by 
other  museums,  by  treating  the  issues  involved  as  they  would  other  disciplines,  and 
by  exploring  new  solutions,  while  recognizing  that  the  solutions  established  to  date 
are  imperfect,  which  is  not  to  say  not  very  good — but  imperfect. 

Charles  K.  Steiner  is  associate  director  of  the  Art  Museum,  Princeton  University 


INTRODUCTION 

J5 


PART      ONE 


unlau&  Outreach 


Brookfield  Zoo 

Brookfield,  Illinois 


hen  ten-year-old  Mark  entered  the  After- 
School  Program  at  the  Children's  Zoo  (a  part  of  the  Brookfield  Zoo  in  Chicago),  his 
therapist  expected  him  to  go  on  temper  tantrums  with  kicking,  screaming,  and  hit- 
ting, just  as  he  had  done  in  the  past.  Mark's  behavior  in  the  six-week  program  sur- 
prised everyone.  He  participated  willingly  in  learning  about  and  working  with  ani- 
mals. Along  with  seven  other  children  who  had  behavior  disorders  or  learning 
disabilities,  he  milked  goats,  groomed  horses,  and  held  bottles  of  milk  for  young  an- 
imals. And,  he  gave  the  staff  no  trouble. 

Mark  is  just  one  of  many  individuals  to  benefit  from  the  programs  available  for 
special  populations  at  the  Chicago  Zoological  Park,  usually  known  as  Brookfield  Zoo. 

In  the  early  1970s  the  Brookfield  Zoo,  like  many  institutions,  became  more  aware 
of  the  needs  of  disabled  persons,  and  it  undertook  the  removal  of  barriers  to  these 
populations.  During  that  decade  it  built  ramps  and  inclines  to  provide  access  to 
buildings.  It  put  up  clear,  easy-to-read  signs,  made  paths  level  and  wide  enough  for 
wheelchairs,  and  reserved  parking  areas  for  disabled  visitors.  For  the  benefit  of  vi- 
sually impaired  visitors,  it  issued  large-print  and  Braille  versions  of  some  handouts 
and  put  Braille  labels  on  many  exhibits. 

In  the  1980s  the  zoo  made  rest  rooms,  telephones,  drinking  fountains,  and  restau- 
rants accessible.  It  created  a  special-visitors  brochure  offering  information  on  tours, 
wheelchair  accessibility,  handicapped  parking,  and  other  matters  of  interest  to  dis- 
abled zoo-goers.  And  it  created  the  office  of  special  populations  coordinator  and  hired 
Mark  Trieglaff,  a  former  zoo-keeper  who  holds  a  degree  in  outdoor  and  therapeutic 
recreation,  to  fill  it. 

When  Trieglaff  took  over  the  office  in  1982,  "special  populations"  meant  persons 

Visitors  board  a  trolley  at  the  Brookfield  Zoo. 


18 


_^jf 

« 

It  w 

>    '£&&•  Lj 

*  t?*5 

»: 

.  1 

■ 

a 

Jl- 

who  were  visually  impaired,  hearing-impaired,  physically  disabled,  mentally  re- 
tarded, and  learning  or  behaviorally  disordered.  Now  the  audience  has  expanded  to 
include  the  most  severely  disabled  of  those  groups,  plus  individuals  with  autism,  drug 
and  alcohol  abuse,  and  a  variety  of  age-related  disorders. 

Trieglaff  puts  his  goal  in  simple  terms:  "The  whole  intention,"  he  says,  "is  to 
make  the  person's  visit  more  enjoyable,  a  little  easier,  and  to  help  them  take  advan- 
tage of  opportunities  at  the  zoo." 

Many  of  the  opportunities  are  closely  tied  with  the  Children's  Zoo,  which  initi- 
ates most  of  the  programs  for  special  populations.  With  its  collection  of  familiar  do- 
mestic and  native  Midwestern  animals,  its  hands-on  approach,  and  its  high  keeper- 
to- visitor  ratio,  it  is  usually  the  first  stop  for  visitors  with  special  needs. 

The  staff  assists  visitors  in  approaching  and  touching  most  of  the  animals.  "You 
can  get  a  lot  of  hands-on  contact  with  different  animals,  from  the  domestic  ones  like 
goats,  horses,  and  chickens  that  you  would  find  in  a  farm  environment,  to  native  an- 
imals like  the  armadillo,"  says  Trieglaff.  The  armadillo  is  particularly  popular  be- 
cause of  its  many  different  textures,  such  as  its  leathery  outer  covering,  soft  under - 

The  zoo  offers  shuttle  service  for  visitors. 


Brookfield 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
20 


belly,  and  long,  slender  tongue,  with  which  it  sometimes  licks  the  visitors'  hands. 

With  such  interaction,  safety  becomes  a  concern,  but  Trieglaff  points  out  that 
zoo-keepers  and  volunteers  instruct  children  and  other  visitors  in  the  proper  way  to 
touch  the  animals,  closely  supervise  all  contact,  and  make  sure  the  animals  are  never 
over-stressed.  In  addition,  most  of  the  animals  have  been  raised  by  humans  and  are 
accustomed  to  being  handled. 

The  Children's  Zoo  has  also  developed  a  number  of  sensory  exhibits,  used  in  con- 
junction with  the  tours,  which  special  populations,  as  well  as  the  rest  of  the  public, 
enjoy.  Taxidermied  animals  such  as  beavers,  woodchucks,  and  opossums  give  visu- 
ally impaired  visitors  a  sense  of  animal  shapes  and  textures.  "Touch  boxes"  further 
heighten  tactile  awareness.  Here  visitors  reach  into  covered  boxes  and  run  their  hands 
across  such  items  as  a  reindeer  antler,  cowhide,  coral,  starfish,  coconut,  or  pine  cone, 
then  lift  the  lid  to  find  out  if  they  have  identified  the  objects  correctly.  For  visually 
impaired  visitors,  the  answers  are  provided  in  Braille. 

One  section  of  ""Sensory  Corner"  is  devoted  to  the  sense  of  sight.  One  display 
shows  camouflaged  animals;  another  shows  the  view  of  the  world  through  a  fish's 
eye  and  a  bee's  eye.  In  another  section  "smell  boxes"  challenge  the  visitor  to  iden- 
tify odors  ranging  from  pine  to  opossum  to  skunk. 

The  After-School  Program  is  one  of  the  Children's  Zoo's  most  innovative  and 
most  successful  initiatives.  The  program  selects  small  groups  of  eight-to-twelve  year 
olds,  in  cooperation  with  the  West  Suburban  Special  Recreation  Association.  Once  a 
week  the  group  learns  about  horses,  dogs,  and  dairy  animals,  as  well  as  the  duties 
and  responsibilities  of  those  who  care  for  animals.  The  children  participate  in  such 
activities  as  trimming  a  dog's  nails,  cleaning  a  goat's  stall,  and  brushing  a  dog's  teeth. 

The  program  culminates  with  each  child  presenting  four  different  animals  to  the 
public  in  the  Pet-and-Learn  Circle.  As  part  of  their  presentation,  the  children  must 
answer  questions  the  audience  may  ask  about  the  animals.  The  aim  of  this  exercise, 
and  the  program  as  a  whole,  is  not  only  to  educate  the  students,  but  to  help  them 
improve  their  social  and  listening  skills  and  to  boost  their  self-confidence,  a  com- 
modity often  in  low  supply. 

"We've  had  a  number  of  kids  in  the  program  who  have  had  some  serious  behav- 
ioral problems  and  very  low  self-esteem,"  says  Trieglaff.  But  after  they  work  through 
the  six-week  course,  he  adds,  "some  of  the  kids  start  to  look  like  professionals  out 
there.  They  feel  like,  'Hey,  I  know  this  information,  and  here's  somebody  who 
doesn't.'" 

The  close  contact  with  animals  helps  students  in  a  number  of  ways.  Trieglaff  re- 
ports that  even  children  with  severe  behavioral  problems  in  the  classroom  alter  their 
behavior  in  the  zoo  program,  probably  as  a  result  of  heightened  self-esteem.  Follow  - 

BROOKFIELD    ZOO 
21 


up  evaluations  show  that  this  changed  behavior  often  lasts  beyond  the  conclusion  of 
the  program.  Many  participants  who  had  not  previously  shown  any  interest  in  social 
or  group  activities  have  gone  on  to  volunteer  for  the  therapeutic  riding  classes  or 
other  animal  programs,  and  some  have  even  expressed  an  interest  in  working  with 
animals  in  part-time  jobs  or  as  a  career.  Others  have  gotten  pets. 

While  the  program  is  designed  to  be  primarily  educational  and  recreational,  its 
therapeutic  benefits  are  undeniable.  "That's  not  the  intention  of  the  program,"  says 
Trieglaff,  "but  it's  an  offshoot.  It's  definitely  there."  He  finds  support  for  his  belief 
in  recent  research  that  documents  how  much  disabled  persons  may  benefit  emo- 
tionally when  they  have  animals  around  that  they  can  observe  and  touch. 

The  philosophy  behind  animal-based  therapy  is  that  interaction  with  animals, 
particularly  tactile  interaction,  can  break  through  psychological  barriers.  The  effects 
of  a  disability  are  rarely  confined  to  one  segment  of  a  person's  life.  Hidden  impair- 
ments, such  as  emotional  or  psychological  disturbances,  may  stem  from  the  reactions 
of  others  to  the  disability,  thus  creating  barriers  around  the  disabled  individual. 

According  to  the  Brookfield  Zoo's  evaluation  of  its  special-education  programs, 
there  are  several  reasons  why  contact  between  humans  and  animals  can  succeed  in 
breaking  through  these  barriers.  First,  the  sensory  experience,  such  as  rubbing  the 
rough  trunk  of  an  elephant,  not  only  allows  disabled  people  to  reach  beyond  their 
everyday  routine,  but  it  also  enhances  their  world  by  introducing  them  to  powerful 
new  sensations,  a  special  benefit  to  those  who  may  lack  one  or  more  senses.  More 
important,  for  many  disabled  persons  animals  provide  a  complete  acceptance  and  a 
disregard  for  their  impairments. 

Trieglaff  tries  to  instill  this  sense  of  acceptance  into  zoo  workers  as  well.  He  pro- 
vides training  to  both  full-time  and  seasonal  employees,  as  well  as  to  volunteers  and 
docents  who  assist  with  tours  and  other  programs  for  disabled  visitors. 

The  training  emphasizes  empathy  and  knowledge.  To  help  develop  increased  un- 
derstanding for  the  challenges  special  populations  face  during  their  visits,  workers 
and  volunteers  are  sometimes  blindfolded  and  taken  on  a  tour  or  are  left  to  navigate 
their  way  through  the  classroom  in  a  wheelchair. 

To  heighten  their  knowledge  of  disabilities,  they  are  given  an  in-house  manual 
that  includes  guidelines  for  making  presentations  to  different  types  of  disabled 
groups.  They  learn,  for  example:  "Blind  is  not  deaf,  so  you  need  not  shout.  Also, 
blind  is  not  dumb,  so  if  you  have  a  question  for  a  blind  person,  ask  him  and  not  his 
companion."  The  manual  also  classifies  and  defines  the  major  disabilities,  provides 
general  information  about  each,  and  discusses  many  misconceptions. 

In  the  section  on  mental  retardation,  for  example,  staffers  learn  that  of  the  eight 
million  citizens  of  the  United  States  that  are  considered  mentally  retarded,  eighty- 


Tin:    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
22 


Ramps  and  inclines  provide  access  to  zoo  buildings. 

nine  percent  are  of  high  enough  intelligence  to  function  independently  in  society,  and 
that  one  of  the  most  effective  ways  to  teach  groups  of  retarded  persons  is  to  have 
them  repeat  information. 

"Really,  it's  just  a  lot  of  common  sense,"  says  Trieglaff,  "and  getting  the  staff  and 
volunteers  to  think  in  a  common  sense  way  about  disabilities  helps  quite  a  bit  in 
working  with  the  groups." 

Groups  of  disabled  persons  who  wish  to  visit  the  zoo  can  call  ahead  and  have  a 
tour  adapted  to  their  particular  needs.  These  tours  focus  on  the  Children's  Zoo,  with 
its  many  tactile  exhibits,  but  may  move  on  to  the  zoo's  other  facilities.  They  include 
Indian  Lake,  a  man-made  environment;  the  Seven  Seas  Panorama,  highlighted  by  a 
wheelchair  accessible  area  with  a  clear  view  of  the  dolphin  show;  and  the  Pachyderm 
House,  where  visitors  get  a  close-up  view  of  an  elephant  going  through  her  exercises. 
This  experience  may  be  especially  exciting  to  visually  impaired  persons,  who  from  a 
distance  might  see  only  a  grey  blur  but  from  a  few  feet  away  can  see  the  elephant 
quite  clearly  and,  with  special  arrangements  with  the  zoo-keeper,  may  touch  her. 

The  zoo  makes  these  adapted  tours  available  to  a  variety  of  disabled  groups,  but 
it  has  an  ongoing  relationship  with  a  number  of  institutions  serving  special  popula- 
tions in  the  Chicago  area.  For  example,  the  zoo  provides  a  mobility-training  prac- 
tice ground  for  the  Central  Blind  Rehabilitation  Center  at  Hines  Veteran  Hospital. 
Groups  of  visually  impaired  veterans  take  tactile  tours  several  times  a  year,  and  they 
are  granted  free  admission  to  the  zoo  so  they  can  practice  moving  independently  in 
preparation  for  their  release  from  the  rehabilitation  program. 


BROOKFIELD    ZOO 

23 


In  addition,  Riveredge  Hospital,  the  largest  private  psychiatric  hospital  in  Illi- 
nois, provides  patients  from  the  alcohol  and  drug-abuse  center  to  work  at  the  zoo 
the  second  and  fourth  Friday  of  each  month.  While  there,  they  receive  information 
on  the  zoo's  volunteer  programs,  and  many  continue  to  work  as  volunteers  after  they 
leave  the  hospital. 

Other  programs  at  Brookfield  Zoo  include  vocational  training  and  work-study 
opportunities  for  disabled  individuals  and  "Senior  Safari  Tours"  for  older  visitors. 
These  tours  are  available  to  groups  of  twenty  or  more,  and  the  nominal  fee  for  this 
program  includes  general  admission  to  the  zoo,  a  dolphin  show,  and  a  reserved  seat 
aboard  a  wheelchair-accessible  tram. 

For  persons  who  cannot  get  to  the  zoo,  the  zoo  has  a  program  that  it  takes  on  the 
road.  As  part  of  its  outreach  program,  the  zoo  staff  visits  such  institutions  as  nurs- 
ing homes  and  children's  hospitals  with  an  entourage  of  ferrets,  armadillos,  and 
skunks,  as  well  as  more  common  small  animals  such  as  dogs,  cats,  and  rabbits.  The 
presentations  also  include  a  sampling  of  tactile  exhibits  and  handouts,  usually  in 
large  print,  which  are  left  behind  for  the  institution's  library. 

In  a  single  year  more  than  6,000  persons  with  disabilities  have  been  involved  in 
programs  at  the  zoo  or  have  been  visited  as  part  of  the  outreach  presentations.  In 
addition,  many  other  disabled  persons  have  gone  through  the  zoo  on  their  own  or 
with  companions. 

All  programs  for  special  populations  at  the  zoo  are  followed  up  with  evaluations 
from  leaders  of  various  groups,  and  the  feedback  has  been  overwhelmingly  positive. 
A  recent  survey  found  that  100  percent  of  the  group  leaders  said  they  would  recom- 
mend the  Brookfield  Zoo  to  other  special-population  groups.  Despite  this  high  level 
of  satisfaction,  the  staff  is  putting  together  an  advisory  group  of  agencies  in  the 
Chicago  area  to  work  on  ways  to  improve  the  zoo  for  disabled  persons.  One  of  the 
aims  of  this  panel  will  be  to  work  together  on  securing  grants  and  private  funds  to 
ensure  the  continued  success  of  Brookfield's  special-populations  programming  well 
into  the  future. 


A  wheelchair  accessible  area  offers  a  view  of  the  dolphin  show. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
24 


BROOKFIELD    ZOO 
25 


I     I 

1 
i 

'ill  Gl] 


(■\**T™ 


!BsiiI 


n,,"iiiiir^ 


I! 


t  * 


3fe 


^A 


SM* 


eve 


K^V 


The  Children's  Museum 

Boston,  Massachusetts 


hat  If  You  Couldn't? — one  of  the  most  pop- 
ular and  enduring  exhibits  in  The  Children's  Museum  in  Boston — helps  youngsters 
understand  what  it  is  like  to  live  with  a  disability  by  giving  them  a  chance  to  expe- 
rience it.  In  one  part  of  the  exhibit  children  are  encouraged  to  climb  into  a  wheel- 
chair and  try  maneuvering  it  or  pulling  it  up  an  incline. 

In  another  exhibit  the  children  may  try  to  use  a  prosthetic  arm  which  has  been 
adapted  to  public  use,  or  they  may  attempt  to  walk  with  the  aid  of  metal  crutches. 
Further  on  is  a  maze  where  blindfolded  children  learn  firsthand  about  the  frustra- 
tions of  blindness  as  they  feel  their  way  along  a  multitextured  wall.  The  experience 
of  being  "disabled"  is  nonthreatening  and  very  brief,  but  the  children  gain  some 
awareness  of  what  life  is  like  for  persons  who  face  these  obstacles  every  day. 

"What  If  You  Couldn't?"  was  developed  in  1979.  "It  was  a  landmark  exhibit," 
says  Nona  Silver,  special  needs  program  coordinator.  "It  was  clearly  ahead  of  its 
time."  A  traveling  version  of  the  exhibit  has  appeared  in  a  score  of  other  museums 
and  community  centers  throughout  the  United  States  and  is  still  in  use.  An  expanded 
version,  which  adds  a  videotape  of  fairy  tales  told  in  sign  language,  opened  at  the 
museum  in  January  1990. 

Another  exhibit  that  expands  the  visitor's  understanding  of  disabilities  is  "My 
Mommy  Drives  a  Wheelchair,"  the  story,  in  black  and  white  photographs,  of  Rosemary 
Larkin,  who  is  quadriplegic.  It  begins  with  her  decision  to  have  a  child  and  shows  her 
raising  her  little  girl  Lorelei.  "My  guess  is  it  reaches  a  lot  of  people,"  says  Silver. 

When  it  comes  to  reaching  a  large  number  of  people  and  making  them  more  sen- 
sitive to  the  needs  of  disabled  persons,  The  Children's  Museum  does  it  as  well  as  any- 
body and  has  been  doing  it  longer  than  most. 

The  Children 's  Museum  occupies  an  1888  waterfront  warehouse. 

THE    CHILDREN'S    MUSEUM 
27 


Founded  in  1913  by  the  Science  Teachers'  Bureau,  the  museum  was  first  installed 
in  a  city-owned  building  in  Pine  Bank,  Jamaica  Plain,  a  southwest  Boston  neigh- 
borhood. It  is  the  second  oldest  such  institution  in  the  United  States.  With  collections 
in  natural  history,  the  museum  offered  exhibits,  lectures,  loan  kits,  lantern  slide  pre- 
sentations, and  started  a  library. 

By  1916  it  was  offering  classes  for  children  who  were  blind  or  deaf. 

After  outgrowing  its  second  home  in  Jamaica  Plains,  in  1975  it  joined  with  the  Mu- 
seum of  Transportation  to  buy  an  abandoned  warehouse  on  Bostons  waterfront.  Ren- 
ovating the  1888  building,  designing  proper  storage  for  the  museum's  50,000-item 
collection  (30,000  cultural  artifacts  and  20,000  natural  history  specimens),  and  build- 
ing new  exhibits  took  four  years.  During  this  period  of  design  and  reconstruction,  says 
Silver,  "accessibility  for  the  disabled  was  uppermost  in  mind.  For  example,  the  ex- 
hibit Victorian  House  would  not  normally  have  a  doorway  a  person  in  a  wheelchair 
could  get  through,  but  when  they  built  it,  they  made  sure  that  it  would  work." 

The  museum  does,  in  fact,  have  the  type  of  easy  accessibility  that  comes  when  it 
is  built  in,  rather  than  added  on  later.  Circulation  routes  through  the  museum  have 
no  curbs,  steps,  or  protruding  objects.  Wheelchairs  move  easily  through  doorways. 
Elevators  to  the  different  levels  are  available,  and  call  buttons  can  be  reached  from 
a  wheelchair  and  read  in  Braille.  Water  fountains  and  telephones  are  accessible  to 
those  in  wheelchairs,  as  are  rest  rooms  (which  have  music  from  different  cultures 
piped  in).  The  old  tt  (Telephone-Text  device  for  hearing-impaired  persons)  is  be- 
ing replaced  by  a  new  one  that  will  operate  twenty-four  hours  a  day  and  will  carry 
messages  of  upcoming  events,  so  that  a  hearing-impaired  caller  will  receive  basically 
the  same  information  that  a  hearing  caller  does. 

Many  museums,  though,  have  similar  features.  What  sets  The  Children's  Mu- 
seum apart  is  a  truly  welcoming  quality  that  may  have  more  to  do  with  its  philoso- 
phy than  with  its  architecture. 

The  moment  visitors  enter,  they  sense  they  are  welcome. 

In  most  museums  signs  warn  visitors  not  to  touch.  In  The  Children's  Museum 
children  are  invited  not  just  to  touch,  but  to  push,  pull,  operate,  climb,  explore,  and 
experiment.  Except  for  the  Hall  of  Toys,  where  glass  encases  a  collection  of  dolls, 
dollhouses,  and  toy  soldiers,  everything  is  uhands-on."  Children  clamor  over  the  Gi- 
ant's Desktop  with  its  telephone  the  size  of  a  rowboat,  stilt-like  pencils,  and  toddler- 
high  paper  clips.  Children  can  pretend  to  be  shopkeepers  in  a  Latino  market.  They 
can  examine  the  bones  of  various  animals;  climb  on  a  two-story  suspended  sculp- 
ture; and  make  ocean-like  waves  and  watch  them  break.  They  may  be  learning  about 


Children  learn  about  geometric  shapes  and  cohesion  at  "'Science  Playground.  " 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
28 


THE    CHILDREN'S    MUSEUM 
29 


health,  architecture,  and  science,  but  first  of  all  they  are  having  fun,  and  the  decibel 
level  in  the  museum  proves  it. 

Something  of  the  museum's  philosophy  is  evident  also  in  the  number  of  exhibits 
on  different  cultures.  Of  these  the  most  remarkable  may  be  the  Kyono  machiya^  the 
150-year-old  home  of  a  Japanese  silk  merchant.  It  was  dismantled  in  Kyoto,  Japan 
and  reassembled  in  the  museum  by  Kyoto  craftsmen.  With  its  adjoining  street  and 
garden,  it  offers  a  rare  opportunity  to  learn  about  Japanese  life  and  architecture  and 
to  compare  modern  lifestyles  with  traditional  ones. 

The  exhibition  on  American  Indians  helps  children  look  past  the  stereotype  of 
Indians  in  feathers  and  war  paint.  On  one  side  of  the  room  is  a  wigwam  large  enough 
to  hold  eight  to  ten  children;  on  the  other  side  is  a  small  contemporary  clapboard 
home  with  life-size  paintings  of  Indians  wearing  jeans  and  T-shirts.  While  seeing  how 
Indians  live  in  today's  world,  children  also  learn  something  of  their  traditional  val- 
ues— respect  for  the  earth  and  for  all  living  creatures. 

The  Victorian  house,  which  used  to  be  called  "Grandparents'  House,"  is  now 
called  "The  Gutermans'  House".  The  furnishings,  food,  and  knickknacks  show 
how  a  Jewish  family  might  have  lived  in  the  pre-World  War  II  era.  Children  can 
explore  through  the  house  that  stretches  from  the  museum's  second  to  the  fourth 
floor.  The  house  has  a  cellar,  a  living  room,  and  an  attic  full  of  treasures  from  an- 
other era. 

"Kids'  Bridge,"  a  new  exhibit,  provides  a  powerful  experience  about  prejudice, 
racism,  and  culture.  The  bridge,  a  forty-six  inch  span,  leads  visitors  into  a  dramatic 
environment  suggesting  greater  Boston.  With  two  screens  and  a  computerized  track- 
ing ball,  visitors  take  part  in  a  "treasure  hunt"  through  five  ethnic  neighborhoods 
with  children  from  those  neighborhoods  as  guides.  Whether  searching  in  Revere  for 
Cambodian  food  or  in  Roxbury  for  an  African  medallion  or  playing  cross-cultural 
games,  they  gain  a  new  understanding  of  different  cultural  ways. 

"For  children  who  will  be  adults  in  the  twenty-first  century,  learning  to  see  them- 
selves and  others  as  part  of  a  culturally  and  racially  diverse  society  may  be  as  impor- 
tant as  learning  to  read,"  says  Kenneth  Brecher,  director  of  The  Children's  Museum. 

"We  have  always  tried  to  reach  a  broad  audience,"  says  Nona  Silver,  "and  reach- 
ing people  who  are  disabled  is  just  part  of  that  process." 

Wednesday  mornings  during  the  school  year  are  reserved  for  visits  from  groups 
with  special  needs.  One  group  is  scheduled  at  9:30  and  another  at  10:45.  To  make  sure 
that  the  children  receive  the  maximum  benefit  from  their  visit,  the  groups  are  kept 
small — no  more  than  thirty — and  several  museum  interpreters  accompany  them. 

The  museum  interpreters,  who  are  key  to  the  success  of  the  Wednesday  morning 
program,  receive  intensive  training  in  special  needs  issues  ranging  from  interacting 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
30 


with  hearing-impaired  children  to  understanding  dyslexia.  The  interpreters  are 
salaried  employees.  Many  have  previous  experience  in  helping  disabled  persons. 
Some  know  sign  language.  All  interpreters  participate  in  regular  weekly  training  ses- 
sions. These  include  guidance  about  specific  areas  of  special  needs  as  well  as  group 
discussions.  Here  interpreters  may  discuss  their  feelings  and  work  on  different  ways 
to  handle  problems  that  have  arisen. 

Interpreters  adapt  the  tour  according  to  their  assessment  of  what  will  be  most 
enjoyable  and  beneficial  to  the  children  in  their  charge.  Interpreters  need  to  be  able 
to  make  this  judgment  within  a  few  minutes  after  the  children  arrive. 

Disabled  children  can  participate  in  many  ways  in  the  museum.  A  visually  im- 
paired child,  for  example,  might  enjoy  exploring  the  Giant's  Desktop,  discovering 
the  big  buttons  on  the  big  telephone.  From  there,  she  could  go  to  the  "Bones"  ex- 
hibit, where  she  could  handle  bones  from  different  animals.  At  the  Raceways  Ex- 
hibit, which  is  about  motion  and  momentum,  golf  balls  move  at  different  speeds  on 
various  types  of  tracks,  such  as  a  spiral  and  a  roller  coaster.  The  visually  impaired 
youngster  can  feel  both  the  ball  and  the  tracks  and  can  hear  where  the  ball  is  from 


A  young  visitor  tries  out  a  touch  screen. 


'  '  1 

HI 

■l 

i 

■■^Sl 

fflHW 

"  w 

Tf^jjB 

'iJH 

'*    CLIMBING       j                    ^ 
.  WALL 

[      viitolQmin.     V% 

1              A 

r% 

j 

«-Taj| 

™  ■ 

THE    CHILDREN'S    MUSEUM 
31 


start  to  finish.  And  for  both  hearing  and  hearing-impaired  children,  there  is  an  area 
for  watching  videotapes  of  fairy  tales  told  in  sign  language. 

Sometimes  children  who  are  not  expected  to  get  much  out  of  their  experience  sur- 
prise everyone.  "I  was  talking  to  a  teacher  near  the  'Bones'  exhibit,"  says  Nona  Sil- 
ver. '"There's  a  light  table,  and  we  put  x-rays  up.  One  of  the  boys  in  her  class  began 
naming  the  bones,  and  it  became  clear  that  he  had  learned  every  bone  in  the  body. 
The  teacher  was  stunned.  T  can  hardly  believe  this,'  she  said.  'This  boy  is  all  over 
the  classroom.  He  never  sits  down.' 

"We  get  a  lot  of  the  kids  who  are  behavior  problems  in  the  classroom,  and  it's  not 
evident  here.  They  get  caught  up  in  the  exhibits.  I've  heard  the  teachers  say,  'You're 
going  to  have  to  keep  your  eye  on  him  every  minute,'  and  then  nothing  happens." 

In  addition  to  the  exhibits,  the  museum  holds  Friday  night  musicals  or  storytelling 
performances  by  guest  artists.  "Magic:  Possible  Impossibilities,"  with  Erik  Wikstrom; 
"Meet  the  Composer,"  with  David  Polansky;  and  "Magical  Melodies  with  Puppets," 
with  Wendy  Frank  are  typical  offerings.  At  least  one  performance  each  month  is 
signed  for  the  benefit  of  hearing-impaired  children.  The  museum  also  sponsors  the 
Boston  engagement  of  the  Big  Apple  Circus,  which  offers  several  signed  performances. 

Working  with  the  Very  Special  Arts  (vsa)  organization,  the  museum  hosts  a  one-day 
children's  festival  in  the  arts.  About  twenty  local  artists  are  stationed  in  the  exhibition 
areas  of  the  museum.  More  than  600  children  from  special  education  and  regular  class- 
rooms, go  to  four  different  sessions — face-painting,  puppet-making,  clay,  and  per- 
forming arts — where  they  create  their  own  art  under  the  supervision  of  these  artists. 

In  one  year  the  museum's  Wednesday  morning  program  serves  about  2,000  chil- 
dren and  adults.  Other  disabled  persons  go  through  the  museum  with  their  families 
or  as  part  of  summer  camp  programs.  The  influence  of  the  museum's  program,  how- 
ever, extends  far  beyond  the  number  of  children  who  are  directly  served  by  it. 

It  is  not  possible  to  separate  out  all  the  costs  of  the  special  services  and  programs 
from  the  $5.9  million  budget  of  The  Children's  Museum.  The  costs  of  an  exhibit  on 
disability  awareness,  for  example,  are  calculated  with  the  other  exhibits.  Staff  costs 
for  the  program,  however,  appear  modest,  particularly  for  so  influential  a  program. 
Forty  percent  of  Coordinator  Nona  Silver's  time  is  devoted  to  accessible  program- 
ming, plus  the  Wednesday  mornings  of  ten  to  fifteen  interpreters. 

The  museum  is  a  valuable  resource  to  the  community,  especially  its  schools,  and 
to  other  museums.  Since  1964  it  has  made  its  materials  available,  for  a  modest  rental 
fee,  in  the  form  of  kits,  which  Silver  describes  as  "miniprograms  that  extend  their 
visits  into  the  classroom."  Kits  include  lesson  plans,  activities,  objects,  artifacts,  mod- 
els, and  audio-visual  materials.  Educators  may  choose  from  ninety  topics.  Six  of 
these  are  concerned  with  disability  awareness.  The  kits  are  rented  through  the  Re- 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
32 


source  Center,  which  also  has  an  extensive  collection  of  books,  periodicals,  and  au- 
dio-visual materials  available  to  the  public. 

The  museum  holds  workshops  and  seminars  for  teachers  on  topics  in  science, 
culture,  and  child  development.  Seminars  on  disability  awareness  are  frequently  of- 
fered. In  the  spring  of  1990  one  seminar  focused  on  issues  that  arise  as  mainstream- 
ing  of  children  with  special  needs  continues  in  the  public  schools.  Earlier,  with  a 
three-year  grant  from  the  Foundation  for  Children  with  Learning  Disabilities,  the 
museum  instituted  a  training  program  for  public  school  teachers  to  increase  their 
skills  and  level  of  comfort  when  working  with  children  with  learning  disabilities. 

With  Old  Sturbridge  Village  (see  separate  chapter  on  this  site)  The  Children's 
Museum  co-founded  the  Access  Network  for  Museums.  This  is  a  national  network 
of  museum  professionals  who  meet  periodically  to  discuss  physical,  programmatic, 
and  attitudinal  barriers  to  accessibility  within  museums. 

About  500,000  visitors  come  to  the  museum  each  year,  and  another  250,000 
teachers,  community  workers,  parents,  and  children  in  communities  throughout  New 
England  are  reached  by  its  outreach  services. 

To  Nona  Silver,  however,  the  impact  of  The  Children's  Museum  is  best  summa- 
rized in  the  story  of  the  Latino  boy  whose  class  was  visiting  "The  Clubhouse,"  an 
exhibition  area  for  children  ages  nine  to  fifteen.  He  was  on  the  dance  floor  of  "Rec- 
ollections," an  exhibit  where  music  is  piped  in  and  a  laser  beam  throws  colored  im- 
ages of  a  person's  movement  on  a  reflective  screen.  Suddenly,  inspired  by  the  music, 
the  movement,  and  the  images,  he  began  talking  to  his  classmates.  His  teacher 
stopped  her  own  conversation  in  mid-sentence.  "Wait,  wait,  wait  ..."  she  said,  "I 
never  heard  that  child  speak  before." 

"For  this  boy,  it  was  a  real  breakthrough,"  says  Silver.  "It's  times  like  that  that 
fill  you  with  awe." 


THE    CHILDREN'S    MUSEUM 

33 


The  John  Marlor  Arts  Center/ Allied  Arts 

MlLLEDGEVILLE,    GEORGIA 


f  there  were  such  a  thing  as  a  spirit  of  ac- 
cessibility, it  would  undoubtedly  reside  in  Milledgeville,  Georgia,  population 
13,500.  Milledgeville,  the  former  capital  of  Georgia,  is  a  town  with  a  proud  past. 
In  its  Historic  District  the  visitor  can  see  the  former  State  Capitol,  which  served 
as  the  seat  of  government  from  1803  to  1868,  the  Old  Governor's  Mansion,  and 
scores  of  antebellum  structures  with  their  trellised  balconies,  colossal  porticos, 
Doric  columns,  and  ancient  cedar  trees.  Milledgeville  even  gave  its  name  to  a 
unique  architectural  genre — Milledgeville  Federal,  a  blend  of  late  Georgian,  Fed- 
eral, and  early  Greek  Revival  styles. 

Today  Milledgeville  is  the  setting  for  lively  and  diverse  programming  in  the  arts — 
programming  that  not  only  reaches  the  entire  community  but  is  free  of  charge  about 
ninety  percent  of  the  time. 

The  organization  that  makes  all  this  happen  is  called  Milledgeville-Baldwin 
County  Allied  Arts,  a  nonprofit  agency  charged  with  the  dual  purposes  of  making 
a  variety  of  experiences  in  the  arts  available  to  local  citizens  as  well  as  managing 
the  John  Marlor  Arts  Center  properties,  a  cluster  of  historic  buildings  that  date  from 
the  years  1810-1830.  Allied  Arts'  commitment  to  accessibility  is  not  only  very  direct 
and  no-nonsense;  there  is  something  personal  and  small-town  homey  about  it  as 
well.  No  government  organization  has  been  breathing  down  the  back  of  Allied  Arts 
about  accessibility.  The  agency  seems  to  have  made  things  accessible  because  that's 
the  way  they  want  it,  and  they  want  it  that  way  because  they  know  some  nice  folks 
who  happen  to  be  disabled  whom  they  do  not  want  to  inconvenience  or  leave  out 
of  anything. 

Allied  Arts  acquired  these  buildings  in  the  late  1970s  through  matching  grants 

Making  the  historic  John  Marlor  House  accessible  proved  challenging. 


34 


^ 


■    •  •:- 


i 


secured  from  the  Department  of  Natural  Resources  and  the  Department  of  Housing 
and  Urban  Development  for  the  development  of  threatened  historic  properties.  A 
fourth  historic  building  was  given  to  the  arts  program  by  private  citizens,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Floyd  Griffin.  Deeds  for  all  four  properties  were  signed  over  to  the  City  of 
Milledgeville  for  the  use  of  the  arts  agency. 

The  most  significant  of  these  properties  is  the  John  Marlor  House  at  201  North 
Wayne  Street,  home  of  the  English  master  builder  John  Marlor  and  a  fine  example 
of  Milledgeville  Federal.  Since  1979  it  has  housed  the  Allied  Arts  offices  and  the  Eliz- 
abeth Marlor  Bethune  Art  Gallery. 

Returning  this  building  to  its  original  form  and  making  it  accessible  were  among 
Allied  Arts'  first  priorities.  "When  we  first  got  this  property,  there  were  all  kind  of 
apartments  tacked  up  on  the  shed  roof  and  over  the  breezeway,"  says  Betty  Snyder, 
director  of  Allied  Arts. 

Among  the  changes  carried  out  to  make  the  building  accessible  were  the  alter- 
ation of  the  front  steps  from  five  to  six  in  order  to  make  the  rise  safer  and  more 
comfortable;  dismantling  the  breezeway  connecting  the  main  house  with  the 
kitchen  section,  then  lifting  the  old  kitchen  eight  and  one-half  inches  onto  new 
piers  and  re-attaching  it  with  a  new  breezeway  to  the  original  1830  section;  in- 
stalling two  accessible  bathrooms;  adding  a  ramp  and  bannister  rail;  and  adding 
a  concrete  walkway  to  make  direct  connections  from  the  house  to  the  new  acces- 
sible parking  area. 

Asked  if  this  meant  that  wheelchair  users  had  to  enter  through  the  back  door, 
Betty  Snyder  replied,  "Yes,  that's  right,  but  all  our  friends  come  in  the  back  door. 
That's  where  the  off-street  parking  is;  nobody  comes  in  the  front  door  except  people 
who  don't  know  us  very  well." 

Working  with  Special  Audiences,  Inc.,  Allied  Arts  next  did  a  photographic  sur- 
vey to  determine  the  accessibility  of  all  the  places  in  town  where  it  might  wish  to 
sponsor  performances,  exhibits,  classes,  or  workshops.  Some  of  them  were  not  ac- 
cessible. Allied  Arts  has  a  very  simple,  effective  policy  about  this.  "They  are  now," 
says  Snyder.  "Otherwise,  we  don't  use  them." 

Take  the  accessible  restrooms  in  the  John  Marlor  Arts  Center,  for  example.  It 
was  important  to  get  them  in  quickly  because  David  Sampson,  a  visual  artist,  was 
opening  an  exhibit  there.  "David  is  in  a  wheelchair,"  says  Snyder,  "and  he  has 
trouble  moving  his  arms,  so  he  works  slowly.  Once  he  gave  a  demonstration  of  how 
he  works,  and  it  goes  almost  at  a  snail's  pace.  Then  when  you  look  at  his  finished 
works  and  realize  what  he  turns  out — it  made  a  tremendous  impression  on  us.  So, 
of  course,  when  he  did  an  exhibit  here,  we  wanted  to  have  a  restroom  that  a  wheel- 
chair could  turn  around  in." 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
36 


Then  there  was  the  ramp.  "We  didn't  know  it  was  slick  under  certain  conditions 
until  we  had  a  person  in  a  wheelchair  use  it  and  it  was  slippery  for  her.  So  now  every 
one  of  those  boards  has  this  little  grit  strip  you  put  across  it.  Experience  has  made 
us  more  aware  of  some  of  these  things." 

There  was  also  the  lady  who  was  deaf  and  visually  impaired.  "So  we  thought, 
'How  can  we  help  her  be  more  self-sufficient  when  she  comes  in?,,,  says  Snyder. 
"We  wanted  her  to  know  her  way  around  without  someone  always  staying  with 
her;  you  know,  that  bothers  a  person,  like  at  a  store  when  someone  follows  you 
around.  We  had  a  drawing  from  the  architect  showing  the  layout  of  the  gallery 
spaces  in  the  main  building.  We  put  it  in  one  of  those  plastic  frames,  and  then  took 
a  glue  gun  and  drew  the  lines  on  it  so  that  you  can  feel  the  raised  lines  showing 

Visitors  entering  the  John  Marlor  House. 


THE    JOHN    MARLOR    ARTS    CENTER    /    ALLIED    ARTS 

37 


the  layout.  We  did  it  for  that  one  person,  but  now  we  have  it  for  anybody  else." 

For  all  this,  though,  the  second  floor  of  the  John  Marlor  Arts  Center  is  not  ac- 
cessible to  wheelchairs  because  the  circular  stairway  is  too  steep  for  a  ramp,  and 
putting  in  an  elevator  would  mar  the  historic  integrity  of  the  structure.  The  second 
floor,  however,  is  used  primarily  for  offices. 

Considering  the  size  of  the  community,  the  arts  programming  in  the 
Milledgeville-Baldwin  County  area  is  surprising  not  only  for  its  diversity  but  for  the 
fact  that  it  touches  virtually  every  part  of  the  community.  There  is  a  certain  amount 
of  standard  programming:  Each  season  features  about  ten  performances  of  such 
groups  as  the  Southern  Ballet  Theatre  and  The  Gregg  Smith  Singers  in  the  "Town 
and  Gown"  concert  series.  The  "gown"  part  is  the  coed  Georgia  College.  About 
twenty-five  art  exhibitions  are  held  either  in  the  Marlor  Arts  Center  or  in  satellite 
sites  (usually  the  Mary  Vinson  Memorial  Library)  or  on  tour.  One  of  the  exhibits, 
"Black  Women:  Achievements  Against  the  Odds,"  was  co-sponsored  by  the  mu- 
seum, Archives  of  Georgia  Education,  and  the  Smithsonian  Anacostia  Neighbor- 
hood Museum. 

The  extent  of  the  outreach  into  the  schools  is  noteworthy.  In  the  1989-1990  sea- 
son, for  example,  Allied  Arts  presented  sixteen  in-school  performances,  including 
the  Pandean  Players,  Poetry  Alive!  and  Tell  Tale  Theatre.  In  addition,  eight  artists 
served  residences  in  the  schools  and  community  for  periods  ranging  from  one  to  six 
weeks.  These  artists  included  pottery  artist  George  Lea,  theater  artist  John 
Schmedes,  photographer  Larry  Erb,  sculptor  Gregor  Turk,  and  visual  artist  Tom 
Ferguson. 

School-age  children  are  also  reached  through  at  least  four  different  summer  camp 
programs.  Each  program  lasts  five  days,  and  at  least  four  are  offered  during  the  sum- 
mer. A  typical  offering  is  the  Science  and  Writing  Camp,  in  which  field  biologist  and 
author  Jack  Nisbet  helps  children  explore  the  nature  of  the  region  and  then  guides 
them  in  writing  about  what  they  have  seen. 

Since  artists  in  residence  teach  classes  in  the  community  as  well  as  in  the  schools, 
Milledgeville  adults  always  have  a  broad  selection  of  interesting  offerings  from  which 
to  choose.  In  the  1989-1990  season  classes  or  workshops  were  offered  in  watercolor 
painting,  choral  singing,  basket  making,  tap  dancing,  portrait  painting,  crafts,  bird 
carving,  and  writing. 

A  number  of  older  adults  take  part  in  these  classes;  for  those  who  cannot  come 
to  the  center,  outreach  classes  are  given  at  the  Senior  Citizens  Center  or  at  the  re- 
tirement home.  Classes  are  also  given  at  Unity  Place,  a  sheltered  living  environment 
for  disabled  and/or  disadvantaged  persons. 

Allied  Arts  is  also  one  of  the  sponsors  of  the  Very  Special  Arts  Festival,  where 

THE   ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
38 


The  tombstone  of  master  builder  John  Marlor. 

artists  help  children  with  physical  or  mental  disabilities  get  involved  in  arts  and 
crafts.  At  a  recent  festival,  Allied  Arts  hired  Rusty  Redfern  of  Atlanta  to  give  a 
demonstration  of  drawing.  Since  Rusty,  who  has  no  arms,  draws  with  his  feet,  the 
demonstration  was  enlightening  for  the  children. 

Allied  Arts  takes  pride  in  its  ability  to  come  up  with  new  ideas.  Three  recent  pro- 
grams illustrate  novel  ways  to  use  arts  programming  to  benefit  special  groups — in 
these  cases,  teachers,  inmates,  and  latch-key  kids. 

Teachers  would  seem  to  need  no  special  help  to  enjoy  the  arts,  but  the  premise 
of  the  artist-teacher  training  program  is  valid.  Since  there  will  never  be  enough 


THE    JOHN    MARLOR    ARTS    CENTER    /    ALLIED    ARTS 

39 


The  John  Marlor  House. 

artists-in-residence  to  reach  all  children,  the  idea  is  to  teach  teachers  how  to  in- 
tegrate the  arts  into  their  classrooms.  Starting  in  1990,  some  of  the  artists  in  res- 
idence teach  summer  classes  for  teachers  on  such  topics  as  how  to  use  video, 
drama  in  the  classroom,  Southern  literature,  and  reading  and  writing  for  teach- 
ers. The  classes  run  for  seven  intense  days.  Even  though  the  classes  provide  no 
teacher  credit,  the  number  of  teachers  taking  the  courses  doubled  in  1991. 

In  1989  Allied  Arts  sent  artist  in  residence  John  Schmedes  to  teach  a  class  in  the- 
atrical improvisation  at  Rivers  Correctional  Institute.  These  classes  went  so  well  that 
the  corrections  recreation  services  contracted  with  Allied  Arts  for  Schmedes  to  create 
a  pilot  program  in  theatrical  techniques.  The  workshops,  held  twice  weekly  for  six 
weeks,  included  fifteen  inmates.  According  to  Bill  Hinton,  assistant  director  of  recre- 
ation services,  the  prisoners'  ''communication  skills  and  self-confidence  improved  with 
every  session."  He  added,  "We  also  saw  a  gradual  movement  away  from  'criminal  sce- 
narios in  their  improvisations."  Both  Allied  Arts  and  Corrections  plan  to  continue  co- 
sponsoring  the  program  while  also  expanding  into  other  arts  disciplines. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
40 


At  the  women's  prison,  creative  writing  took  hold,  thanks  to  workshops  from 
poet  Al  Masterick  (editor  of  the  journal  Swamproot)  and  novelist  Judith  Ortiz  Cofer 
(The  Line  of  the  Sun).  So  much  of  the  work  that  the  women  in  prison  created  was 
good  that  Allied  Arts  considered  putting  out  a  book  of  prison  writings  but  scrapped 
that  idea  in  favor  of  a  better  plan.  "We  have  a  writers'  group  in  town  working  with 
these  different  writers  as  they  come  through,"  explains  Snyder.  "So  what  we  are  go- 
ing to  do  is  put  out  a  book  of  regional  writing  by  people  in  Baldwin  County,  and 
we're  not  going  to  say  which  writers  are  in  prison  or  which  ones  are  in  town.  We'll 
use  names  but  no  addresses.  It  doesn't  matter  where  the  writers  are — only  that  they 
write  well.'' 

The  Art  after  School  program,  launched  in  September  1991  with  African  dancer 
and  storyteller  Deborah  Ferguson,  also  uses  artists-in-residence  in  an  innovative  way. 
As  the  title  implies,  the  art  classes  will  take  place  after  school,  and  the  program  is 
intended  to  benefit  latch-key  kids  who  often  have  no  place  to  go  then. 

The  liveliness  of  the  arts  in  Milledgeville  is  due  not  just  to  Allied  Arts,  but  also 
to  the  many  groups  that  co-sponsor  events.  These  groups  include  the  City  of 
Milledgeville,  the  Baldwin  County  School  System,  the  Georgia  Council  for  the  Arts, 
the  Artists-in-Education  Program,  the  Mary  Vinson  Memorial  Library,  the  Georgia 
Humanities  Council,  the  Southern  Arts  Federation,  and  Georgia  College.  The  orga- 
nization also  has  an  active  group  of  volunteers,  Friends  of  Allied  Arts,  and  a  strong 
base  of  support  from  the  City  of  Milledgeville,  which  contributes  forty-seven  percent 
of  its  approximately  $200,000  budget.  To  Allied  Arts,  however,  goes  credit  for  using 
its  resources  to  produce  arts  programming  that  touches  every  level  of  life  in  the 
Milledgeville-Baldwin  County  area. 


THE    JOHN    MARLOR    ARTS    CENTER    /    ALLIED    ARTS 

41 


Natural  History  Museum  of  Los  Angeles  County 

Los  Angeles,  California 


hen  the  half  dozen  docents  pack  up  their 
storyboards,  videos,  and  museum  artifacts  and  pile  back  into  the  Natural  History 
Museum's  van,  they  always  leave  behind  a  group  of  people  who  are  more  interested, 
more  animated,  and  more  outgoing  than  they  were  before.  And  this  is  true  whether 
the  docents  are  returning  from  a  special  education  classroom  for  disabled  children  or 
a  nursing  home  for  older  people. 

"The  teachers  tell  us  that  after  the  presentation  the  children  talk  more  with  each 
other,"  says  Jennifer  Bevington,  who  coordinated  the  outreach  programs  for  disabled 
children  and  seniors  for  three  years.  "That's  something  that  happens  also  with  the 
Senior  Outreach  Program.  Many  times  people  in  these  facilities  do  not  have  family 
to  visit,  and  they  feel  very  alone,  forgetting  that  one  resource  is  the  person  sitting 
next  to  them.  One  of  the  things  we've  seen  over  and  over  is  that  after  our  presenta- 
tion people  begin  talking  with  each  other." 

The  two  groups  have  something  else  in  common.  No  members  of  either  group  are 
ever  likely  to  come  to  the  museum  on  their  own.  The  children  have  physical,  men- 
tal, emotional,  or  developmental  disabilities;  the  older  people  often  have  medical 
problems  and  difficulty  in  traveling.  If  these  groups  are  to  have  any  experience  of  a 
museum,  the  museum  must  go  to  them. 

And  the  museum  does  provide  outreach  with  programs  that  are  so  appealing 
it  is  easy  to  see  why  the  participants  respond.  For  disabled  children,  there  are 
three  presentations:  Dinosaurs,  Life  in  the  Ocean,  and  North  American  Mammals. 
Working  with  a  group  of  about  nine  children,  docents  first  capture  their  atten- 
tion by  using  brightly  colored  illustrations  on  a  large  velcro  storyboard  to  pre- 
sent the  basic  concepts.  Then,  the  children  get  to  touch  —  as  well  as  smell,  han- 

Dinosaur  presentations  are  available  for  disabled  children. 


42 


k 


die,  and  play  with — the  artifacts  and  specimens  from  the  museum's  collection. 

In  the  dinosaur  presentation,  for  example,  the  children  handle  a  full-scale  model 
of  an  allosaurus  skull  with  three-inch  teeth,  real  dinosaur  bones,  and  a  huge  sea  tur- 
tle shell,  which  they  sometimes  put  on  their  backs  as  they  walk  around  while  they 
pretend  to  be  turtles. 

The  objects  are  both  valuable  and  breakable,  but  the  museum  intentionally  takes 
the  risk,  so  important  is  the  children's  involvement.  "From  time-to-time  some  of 
these  bones  have  to  be  replaced,"  says  Bevington,  "because  they  get  a  lot  of  loving." 

"Life  in  the  Ocean"  is  a  "sensory  experience,"  says  Bevington,  one  that  opens  up 
new  worlds  for  some  of  the  children.  "Everything  smells  like  the  sea.  We've  got  a 
bottle  of  krill,  and  it  fascinates  the  kids  to  learn  that  the  largest  mammal  on  earth 
eats  one  of  the  smallest  ones.  We've  got  vertebrates  and  invertebrates,  and  things 
like  shark  skins  and  shark  egg  cases. 

"Often  docents  who  live  by  the  beach  will  get  some  kelp  that's  fresh  and  has  the 
ocean  smell.  Or,  they  will  bring  sand — it's  amazing  the  number  of  kids  who  live  in 
Los  Angeles  who  have  never  been  to  the  ocean.  And  there  are  different  fish  models, 
anemones  and  sea  shells.  We  also  talk  about  things  that  live  near  the  ocean — the  sea 
birds,  the  marine  mammals,  and  the  life  in  the  tide  pools.  It's  a  cut  through  the 
ecosystem." 

Three  times  each  month  a  group  of  four  to  six  docents  presents  these  programs 
at  different  schools  in  the  county  that  include  children  with  various  disabilities.  The 
presentation  lasts  about  one  hour,  so  the  docents  may  reach  several  classrooms  in 
one  morning's  work.  They  work  together  in  the  classroom  because  the  classes  need 
a  high  ratio  of  adults  to  students,  and,  as  Bevington  puts  it,  "it  takes  a  lot  of  hands 
to  do  the  program." 

Afterwards,  the  docents  usually  go  out  for  coffee  to  talk  about  any  difficult  prob- 
lems or  any  child  in  need  of  special  attention.  "They  need  to  debrief,"  says  Beving- 
ton. "There  is  a  real  camaraderie  among  the  people  who  do  the  program.  Not  every- 
body can  do  it.  It's  tough  to  walk  into  the  classrooms  and  see  these  kids." 

An  unusual  aspect  of  the  program  is  that  it  was  developed  by  volunteers,  work- 
ing with  museum  staff.  "The  program  was  modeled  after  one  at  The  Carnegie  in 
Pittsburgh,"  says  Bevington.  "One  of  our  docents  was  from  The  Carnegie,  and  she 
wanted  to  duplicate  it  at  Los  Angeles,  although  it  has  been  adapted  to  the  different 
circumstances.  There  is  a  core  group  of  about  fifty  docents  who  are  very  involved 
and  very  committed  to  it." 

Equally  unusual  is  the  way  the  docents  are  trained  for  the  outreach  programs. 
They  must  first  go  through  the  full  year  of  training  required  of  all  docents.  Then, 
they  generally  guide  tours  for  a  year.  After  that,  they  are  encouraged  to  do  the  out- 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

44 


reach  programs.  If  they  choose  to  do  so,  they  are  trained  by  the  more  experienced 
docents.  "They  learn  through  observation  and  spending  time  with  the  older  docents 
in  the  classroom,"  say  Bevington.  "It's  one  of  the  most  successful  things  we  have 
done.  It's  really  effective  if  you  are  taught  by  someone  who's  good." 

The  funding  came  in  part  from  National  Medical  Enterprises,  which  gave  the 
museum  a  grant  of  $22,000  in  1985  to  start  the  program  and  keep  it  running  for  three 
years.  The  money  paid  for  the  van  ($14,000),  the  artwork  and  display  boards 
($4,500),  printing  brochures  ($2,000),  and  some  "touchable''  items.  A  similar  grant 
in  1990  underwrote  part  of  the  salary  of  the  outreach  coordinator  and  paid  for  some 
of  the  program's  expenses.  The  rest  of  the  program's  $15,000  annual  operating  bud- 
get comes  from  museum  funds. 

The  program  for  seniors  is  even  more  of  a  bargain.  Most  of  the  start-up  costs  were 
donated — the  van  was  a  gift  from  Beverly  Enterprises,  and  individuals  supplied 
many  of  the  artifacts.  The  museum  paid  $3,000  for  the  background  sets  and  cos- 
tumes and  picks  up  the  $10,000  annual  operating  costs. 

For  all  their  similarities,  however,  the  program  for  seniors  is  more  unusual — and 
more  difficult — than  the  program  for  children  because  here  the  museum  has  delib- 
erately aimed  at  a  segment  of  the  population  most  likely  to  be  ignored — older  peo- 
ple who  reside  in  institutions. 

It  was  a  carefully  thought-out  decision.  "When  you  start  working  with  outreach 
programs,  you  have  to  question  who  you  are  and  what  you  are  doing,''  says  Beving- 
ton. "We  are  an  inner-city  museum,  and  our  mandate  is  to  serve  as  much  of  the  pub- 
lic as  we  can.  You  have  to  ask:  'What  is  the  goal?  To  reach  people  who  never  heard 
of  the  museum  or  who  might  be  intimidated  by  it?  Or  to  reach  people  who  can't  come 
here  at  all?'  We  chose  to  go  to  the  immobile  elderly  who  will  never  come  to  the  mu- 
seum because  they  can't." 

In  developing  a  program  for  this  audience,  Bevington  worked  with  a  staff  mem- 
ber, Isabel  Rosenbaum,  who  was  completing  an  advanced  degree  in  gerontology  at 
the  time.  Clearly,  a  lot  of  understanding  of  older  people  undergirds  the  program  and 
is  evident  not  just  in  what  is  presented  but  in  how  it  is  presented. 

What  type  of  program  will  interest  people  who  are  quite  old  and  probably  not 
very  well?  The  real  problem,  says  Bevington,  is  not  that  they  are  old:  "Learning 
doesn't  stop,"  she  says.  "Research  shows  that  your  ability  to  learn  may  drop  slightly, 
but  you  are  still  able  to  acquire  new  information.'  The  problem  is  that  "more  often 
than  not  the  residents  are  over-medicated  or  under-stimulated,  or  both,"  and  some- 
times they  have  "just  shut  down." 

Two  presentations  work  very  well  to  kindle  their  interest  and  participation.  One 
is  "A  Walk  in  the  Wild,"  an  armchair  nature  walk  through  the  chaparral,  a  native 

NATURAL   HISTORY   MUSEUM    OF    LOS    ANGELES    COUNTY 

45 


Special  programs  allow  children  hands-on  experience. 

southern  California  plant  and  animal  community.  Using  taxidermied  specimens 
from  the  museum's  collection,  the  docents  pass  around  examples  of  the  wildlife  that 
inhabits  the  area — skunk,  fox,  gopher,  rabbit,  scorpion  and  birds — and  encourage 
the  residents  to  touch  them  and  talk  about  what  they  have.  The  presentation  ends 
with  a  videotape  that  enables  residents  to  see  the  wildlife  and  hear  the  sounds  of 
the  chaparral. 

Docents  are  encouraged  as  they  present  the  program  to  touch  the  residents,  says 
Bevington,  uto  put  their  hands  on  the  person's  shoulder,  to  pick  up  his  hand  and 
place  it  on  some  of  the  objects  being  passed  around.  Just  to  be  touched  and  talked 
to  is  helpful  for  some  of  these  people." 

The  second  program,  ""Do  You  Remember  When?"  focuses  on  the  year  1913.  Two 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
46 


backdrops  are  used — one  of  a  kitchen  and  one  of  a  garage.  Docents  begin  by  talk- 
ing about  some  of  the  things  that  were  going  on  that  year — the  war,  the  digging  of 
the  Panama  Canal,  the  inventions,  the  beginnings  of  a  movie  industry.  Then  they 
narrow  the  subject  down  to  the  home  and  family  life.  "What  were  your  mother  and 
grandmother  doing  in  the  kitchen?"  they  ask,  passing  around  kitchen  objects  from 
the  period.  Sometimes  the  objects  look  like  the  ones  we  use  today  (eggbeaters  have 
not  changed  much,  for  example),  but  others  come  from  a  different  era — the  wash- 
boards, the  sock  stretchers,  the  big  wooden  stirrers  used  while  doing  laundry  in  a  vat 
of  boiling  water. 

"The  best  part  is  the  costumes,"  says  Bevington.  aOne  is  a  housedress  that  you 
would  wear  while  working  at  home.  We  also  have  an  opera  coat,  with  a  headband 
and  ostrich  feather,  as  well  as  a  bathing  costume — it's  this  huge  thing  with  bloomers 
and  a  skirt  and  a  big  hat.  Some  of  the  docents  wear  those,  and  it's  always  great  for 
yuks.  People  wake  up  and  laugh. 

"They  talk  about  the  music  that  was  popular  then,  and  sometimes  people  will 
start  singing  if  they  remember  a  song.  Sometimes  the  docents  ask  where  people  were 
in  1 9 13,  and  there  is  always  someone  who  came  from  another  country  and  tells  his 
story  about  coming  to  the  United  States  and  settling  in  Los  Angeles.  So  we  get  peo- 
ple sharing  their  stories." 

Bevington  is  forthright  about  the  depressing  aspects  of  some  of  the  institutions 
they  visit:  "We've  gone  into  a  range  of  homes,  and  we've  seen  everything  from  places 
where  the  smell  of  urine  is  just  overwhelming  and  everybody  is  tied  in  his  wheel- 
chair, wearing  diapers,  and  overmedicated,  to  places  that  are  just  wonderful.  There 
is  one  home  in  West  Hollywood  that  has  a  fantastic  activity  director,  and  every  year 
she  brings  in  the  Chippendales — the  male  strippers.  I  tell  you,  it's  dynamite.  That's 
not  the  only  thing  she  does,  of  course,  but  she  brings  that  kind  of  energy  to  the  job." 

It  has  not  been  easy  to  get  docents  to  present  this  program,  and  Bevington  is  in- 
sightful as  to  the  reasons:  "If  you  look  at  the  average  docent,  you  find  someone  who 
is  getting  on  in  life.  And  what  they  find  when  they  go  into  these  homes  is  that  they 
are  facing  themselves.  It's  really  difficult.  The  program  for  seniors  hits  close  to  home. 

"I  think  for  the  residents  one  of  the  biggest  impacts  of  the  program  is  that  some- 
body is  talking  to  them  and  paying  attention.  They  give  you  this  look  that  is  almost 
beyond  words,  that  says,  'You  have  shown  an  interest  in  me.  I'm  a  human  being."' 


NATURAL    HISTORY    MUSEUM    OF    LOS    ANGELES    COUNTY 

47 


«*•  »»  *  ■  - 


'""^IWHtfl         ™*- 

^**f? 

P*--«V^c^^^ 

l:l  V 


.  2ffl»l2i"-y^  » 


r  i 


1 - :     m  ■     >i  ml    ■ 

'j  -/'.' 


-      • 


■! 


' 


Spertus  Museum  of  Judaica 

Chicago,  Illinois 


round  a  table  in  the  Spertus  Mu- 
seum of  Judaica  are  half  a  dozen  older  men  and  women  carefully  examining  objects 
that  illustrate  aspects  of  Jewish  life — Torah  scrolls  wrapped  in  velvet  and  decorated 
with  silver,  candle  holders  and  oil  lamps  used  on  the  Sabbath  and  Hannukah,  a 
prayer  shawl,  or  tallith.  These  are  participants  in  one  of  the  museum's  Leisure  Tours, 
designed  especially  for  older  adults  and  for  visually  impaired  visitors.  In  fact,  though, 
these  Leisure  Tours  involve  no  touring.  Senior  adults  who  are  not  up  to  walking  from 
showcase  to  showcase  ensconce  themselves  in  comfortable  chairs  while  a  docent 
brings  selected  objects  from  the  collection  to  them. 

The  museum's  permanent  collection  specializes  in  objects  that  illustrate  life  in 
the  synagogue,  objects  that  are  used  in  the  home  to  celebrate  the  Sabbath  and  the 
Jewish  holidays,  and  objects  that  celebrate  such  life-cycle  events  as  birth,  coming  of 
age,  marriage,  death,  and  mourning.  Most  of  the  objects  date  from  the  nineteenth  or 
twentieth  century,  but  the  museum  also  has  a  special  archaeological  collection  of  an- 
cient artifacts,  which  are  taken  out  for  special  occasions. 

The  experience  of  holding  some  of  these  objects  is  especially  meaningful  to 
some  of  the  older  Jewish  men  and  women.  aThere  was  a  time  when  women  were 
not  permitted  to  participate  in  the  rituals  in  which  these  objects  were  used,"  says 
Education  Curator  Kathi  Lieb.  "That  has  changed  in  America  in  many  commu- 
nities. So,  when  we  pass  around  a  Torah  scroll  to  a  seventy  or  eighty-year-old 
woman,  this  may  be  the  first  time  she  has  ever  touched  it.  It  can  be  a  very  moving 
experience  for  her.  It  can  be  a  significant  experience  for  men,  too,  who  perhaps 
have  not  participated  in  a  synagogue  since  they've  been  in  a  nursing  home,  or  have 
participated  only  on  major  holidays. 

A  silver  ark  used  for  holding  the  Torah. 

SPERTUS    MUSEUM    OF    JUDAICA 
49 


"We  also  have  the  familiar  things  used  in  the  home — metal  boxes  used  to  collect 
coins  for  the  poor,  plates  used  for  the  Seder  on  Passover.  But  we  don't  give  them  just 
things  they  recognize.  We  like  to  surprise  them,  too.  That's  the  wonder  of  a  museum." 

The  idea  for  these  tours  goes  back  to  the  early  1980s  when  Lieb  first  contacted 
Horizons  for  the  Blind.  "I  asked  the  director,  Camille  Caffarelli,  if  she  could  come  out 
and  help  us  learn  how  to  present  the  collection  better,"  Lieb  says.  "We  had  a  wonder- 
ful time,  and  I  told  her  all  about  Jewish  life  and  ceremonies  and  took  her  through  the 
museum.  When  the  tour  was  over  she  said,  'Kathy,  this  is  all  great.  But  you  could  have 
told  me  about  it  sitting  in  a  room.  Everything  is  behind  glass.  I  can't  touch  anything.'" 

Shortly  after  that  "we  selected  objects  in  the  collection  that  are  tactile  and  in- 
teresting to  touch,"  says  Lieb.  "Then  Camille  worked  with  the  docents,  explaining 
how  to  describe  things  for  visually  impaired  people,  and  practicing  with  the  docents 
who  would  be  conducting  the  tactile  tours. 

"That  soon  suggested  another  possibility  to  me,  which  was  that  this  would  be  ap- 
propriate for  senior  citizens  and  those  in  wheelchairs,  some  of  the  more  frail  senior 
citizens  who  really  just  can't  stand  in  the  galleries  for  an  hour.  So,  we  developed  what 
we  call  'leisure  tours'  so  that  not  only  people  with  visual  impairments  but  also  those 
who  are  in  wheelchairs  or  unable  to  stand  can  have  these  experiences." 

The  museum  has  another  program,  Armchair  Slide  Tours,  for  seniors  who  are 
too  frail  to  come  to  the  museum.  At  the  invitation  of  retirement  homes  or  other  fa- 
cilities for  older  persons,  docents  offer  a  slide/lecture  presentation  of  objects  from 
the  permanent  collection.  The  presentation  is  given  in  all  types  of  senior  citizen  re- 
tirement homes,  not  just  in  Jewish  ones.  "We  have  used  this  as  a  way  of  building 
bridges,  of  introducing  Jewish  life  to  non-Jews,"  says  Lieb.  "The  presentation  is  very 
well  received.  It  makes  us  feel  wonderful  to  do  it,  and  it  makes  a  lot  of  friends  for 
us."  Since  the  volunteer  docents  supply  their  own  transportation,  this  program  op- 
erates at  little  or  no  cost  to  the  museum. 

The  museum  also  holds  occasional  art  exhibitions  that  feature  the  work  of  older 
adults.  The  work  may  be  produced  elsewhere — in  nursing  homes  or  other  facilities 
for  older  people — but  the  museum  gives  these  artists  the  opportunity  to  exhibit  their 
work,  and  it  throws  a  reception  for  them. 

The  museum  occupies  three  floors  within  a  ten- story  building  in  downtown 
Chicago.  Since  the  first  floor  is  level  with  the  street,  access  is  easy  for  wheelchair 
users.  A  bank  of  elevators  with  braille  labels  connects  the  three  levels.  Wide  door- 
ways and  even  floors  make  each  exhibition  accessible.  Within  the  permanent  collec- 
tion, all  exhibition  cases  are  viewable  from  a  seated  position.  A  space  on  the  first 
floor  that  is  also  accessible  for  wheelchairs  is  used  for  viewing  videos.  Clearly  the 
museum  is  serious  about  making  its  facilities  accessible. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
50 


The  ARTIFACT  CENTER  recreates  an  archaeological  dig. 

In  1991  Eunice  Joffe,  access  consultant  with  the  Illinois  Arts  Council,  was  asked 
to  assess  the  museum.  "We  and  the  consultant  felt  that  we  were  very  accessible,  ex- 
cept for  deaf  visitors,"  says  Lieb.  "We  do  not  have  anyone  who  signs.7'  Joffe  also  pre- 
sented a  lecture  to  staff  and  volunteers  on  how  to  work  with  people  with  a  variety  of 
disabilities.  In  the  same  year  the  museum  initiated  a  training  session  on  accessibil- 
ity and  "we  invited  educators  from  all  the  Chicago  museums  to  join  us  because  we 
felt  that  these  were  important  issues  for  all  museums,"  Lieb  says. 

The  lower  level  of  the  museum  houses  the  artefact  center  This  exhibit  recre- 
ates an  archaeological  dig  as  realistically  as  can  be  done  inside  a  building.  "This  is 
probably  the  first  archaeological  dig  in  a  museum  that  attempts  to  look  like  the  real 
thing  as  well  as  offer  the  experience,"  says  Susan  Marcus,  curator  of  the  artifact 


SPERTUS    MUSEUM    OF   JUDAICA 

51 


center.  "I've  seen  quite  a  number  that  are  gridded  boxes,  and  they  are  salted  with 
artifacts  and  one  layer  deep.  Ours  is  a  mountain.  It's  ten  feet  high,  thirty-two  feet 
long,  and  about  twelve  feet  deep.  At  the  back  we  show  the  strata  and  have  windows 
into  the  different  layers.  The  front  has  eleven  different  trenches  built  into  it.  Each 
trench  is  from  a  successive  layer  of  history  and  has  the  appropriate  objects  from  the 
material  culture  at  that  particular  historic  moment. 

"Now,  when  we  have  people  with  disabilities  visit  us,  we  have  at  least  six  trenches 
that  are  accessible  to  people  who  can't  move  up  the  mountain.  So  if  you  are  in  a 
wheelchair,  or  you  have  crutches,  or  you  are  visually  impaired  and  don't  really  want 
to  climb  to  the  top,  you  can  have  the  same  experience  digging  in  these  trenches," 
says  Marcus. 

The  dig  is  not  just  for  children;  it's  for  everybody — but  children  love  it,  includ- 
ing children  in  wheelchairs,  and  learning  and  developmentally  disabled  children. 
"That's  because  it's  so  physical;  there's  a  lot  of  learning  that  goes  on  simply  by  do- 
ing," says  Marcus.  "And  children  with  severe  problems  do  pretty  well  here  because 
there  is  no  failure.  Everybody  always  finds  something. 

"When  the  children  uncover  the  artifacts  and  objects  that  are  in  here,  they  doc- 
ument what  they  find.  They  map  it,  and  they  analyze  their  findings.  It's  the  whole 
process  of  an  archaeological  dig  without  the  lab  work.  We  are  very  forthright.  We 
say,  'This  is  a  model;  it's  not  the  real  thing.  So  instead  of  sending  your  finds  off  to 
the  lab  where  they  would  be  identified  and  weighed  and  sorted,  you're  going  to  bury 
them  again  for  the  next  group  that  comes  along.'  And  they  do.  They  often  bury  them 
according  to  their  maps.  And  they  clean  up  their  work  space. 

"With  learning  disabled  kids,  we  make  adjustments.  If  they  have  a  hard  time 
recording  things,  they'll  do  a  good  job  drawing.  If  they  have  a  hard  time  with  the 
drawing,  we  find  something  else,  like  letting  them  dictate  into  an  audiocassete 
recorder.  We  find  a  way  so  that  everybody  succeeds." 

The  youngsters,  usually  sixth-graders,  dig  for  artifacts — some  real,  some  copies 
of  objects  in  the  collection.  The  real  artifacts  are  potsherds,  broken  fragments  of  pot- 
tery, that  are  about  2,000  years  old.  "They  have  been  here  quite  a  while.  Nobody 
ever  walks  with  them,"  says  Marcus.  Items  copied  from  the  collection  include  a 
3,000-year-old  canteen  with  a  built-in  cup,  oil  lamps,  spearheads  and  arrowheads, 
and  a  Greek  helmet  from  the  time  of  Alexander  the  Great.  "We  had  an  artist  create 
a  wonderful  copy  of  a  helmet  with  a  nose  protector.  Uncovering  it  is  a  thrill,"  says 
Marcus.  "It's  a  beautiful  piece  and  everybody  loves  it." 

The  art i fact  center  also  features  a  marketplace  where  each  of  the  four  booths 
teaches  something  about  life  in  ancient  Israel — trade  and  travel;  pottery  and  the 
uses  of  clay;  writing  systems  of  antiquity;  and  armaments,  amulets,  and  adornments. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
52 


It's  all  hands-on  and  meant  to  be  fun.  ""The  trade  and  travel  booth,"  says  Marcus, 
"is  a  game.  There  are  samples  of  products  that  were  bought  and  sold  3,000  year  ago 
that  people  still  use  today — spices,  wool,  flax,  cereals,  resins.  The  game  concerns  the 
products  that  were  traded  and  the  major  cities  where  they  were  traded.  And  the  ob- 
ject of  the  game — well,  just  like  today,  you  win  if  you're  the  richest  trader." 

The  writing  booth  has  a  variety  of  activities  to  teach  children  how  to  write  in  an- 
cient script.  They  can  find  their  initials  on  a  chart  and  then  go  across  the  chart  and 
find  how  they  would  write  a  sign  for  the  same  sound  in  an  alphabet  that  was  used 
2,800  years  ago.  Youngsters  who  are  visually  impaired  can  trace  the  cuneiform  sym- 
bols and  pictographic  writing  with  their  fingers  and  read  the  braille  labels. 

The  artIfact  center  has  been  open  since  March  1989.  Susan  Marcus  did  not 
at  first  anticipate  how  popular  it  would  be  with  disabled  children.  "We  soon  learned 
something  really  wonderful — that  we  were  a  natural.  A  lot  of  what  we  have  in  the 
ARTiFACT  center  is  very  tangible,  very  concrete,  and  you  can  learn  a  great  deal  from 
touching  and  associating.  So  the  kids  get  a  lot  out  of  their  visits  to  the  center,  but  it's 
not  all  one-sided;  we  learn  from  them,  too.  They  tell  me  things  I'd  miss  otherwise — 
the  shape  and  feel  and  temperature  of  an  object,  for  example.  It  gives  you  a  differ- 
ent perspective." 


SPERTUS    MUSEUM    OF    JUDAICA 

53 


PART      TWO 


£/nno<mtlo& 


Aquarium  of  the  Americas 

New  Orleans,  Louisiana 


mother,  two  preschoolers,  and  a 
toddler  in  a  stroller  view  with  rapt  attention  the  stunning  Gulf  of  Mexico  exhibit  in 
the  Aquarium  of  the  Americas  in  New  Orleans.  The  children  are  all  fascinated  by 
their  closeness  to  the  sharks  and  the  uninterrupted  panorama  of  sea  life  before  them. 
What  is  unusual  about  the  scene  is  that  the  mother  does  not  have  to  pick  up  any  of 
the  children  so  that  they  can  see  the  exhibit.  Instead,  an  expanse  of  glass  thirty- seven 
feet  wide  and  thirteen  inches  thick  runs  from  the  ceiling  to  the  floor.  There  are  no 
barriers  to  look  over  to  see  what  is  in  the  tank.  Extending  the  glass  all  the  way  to 
the  floor  (thus  eliminating  a  twenty-seven  inch  proposed  sill  from  the  design)  was 
the  idea  of  the  committee  for  special  populations,  which  envisioned  easier  viewing 
for  people  in  wheelchairs. 

"It  just  goes  to  show,"  says  Charles  Tubre,  chairman  of  the  committee,  "that  as 
a  by-product  of  designing  for  special  populations,  we  have  made  it  an  enhanced  ex- 
perience for  all  people." 

It  also  shows  what  can  be  accomplished  when  a  committee  for  special  popula- 
tions is  brought  into  the  design  and  planning  of  a  public  building.  "We  were  able  to 
imbue  the  project  developers  and  managers  with  the  philosophy  of  accessibility  be- 
fore there  was  even  a  first  drawing,"  says  Tubre.  Creating  open  access  "was  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  planning  process — from  the  designing  of  the  building,  to  the  train- 
ing of  the  staff,  to  the  philosophy  of  employment." 

Clyde  Butler,  first  vice  president  for  operations  and  construction,  concurs.  When 
the  $40  million  aquarium  was  proposed,  residents  voted  to  support  the  project  by  au- 
thorizing the  sale  of  $25  million  in  bonds.  Then,  the  Audubon  Institute,  which  oper- 
ates the  facility,  solicited  another  $15  million  from  the  public  sector.  "One  of  our 


Visitors  see  four  exhibits  replicating  natural  aquatic  habitats. 


56 


The  Aquarium  of  the  Americas,  on  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

pledges  to  the  community,"  says  Butler,  "was  to  make  this  a  facility  that  every  per- 
son in  the  state  of  Louisiana  could  be  proud  of,  a  world-class  aquarium  that  would 
be  accessible  to  everyone." 

The  aim  of  the  aquarium  is  not  just  to  enclose  interesting  fish  in  glass  tanks  but 
to  recreate  specific  environments,  and  it  tries  to  bring  visitors  into  close  contact  with 
these  environments  and  their  aquatic  life.  Four  major  exhibits  are  replicas  of  nat- 
ural habitats:  a  Caribbean  Reef,  the  Amazon  Rainforest,  the  Mississippi  River  Delta, 
and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Starting  the  committee  to  make  the  aquarium  accessible  to  everyone  was  the  idea 
of  Dr.  Molly  Alarcon,  a  special  education  clinician  and  the  committee's  only  mem- 
ber without  a  disability.  Looking  for  representatives  of  the  different  disability  groups, 
Alarcon  first  called  Gerald  and  Ida  Mialaret,  former  teachers  and  parents  of  an  autis- 
tic child.  They  introduced  her  to  Charles  Tubre,  from  the  staff  of  the  Louisiana  De- 
partment of  Public  Health,  who  had  wide  experience  consulting  with  architects  to 
make  buildings  accessible.  Other  members  were  added:  Dr.  Robert  McLean,  a  math- 
ematician who  is  blind,  and  James  Forstall,  state  coordinator  for  the  deaf  who  is  deaf 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 


58 


himself.  "Each  member  brought  to  this  project  a  lot  of  experience  and  a  lot  of  tech- 
nical knowledge  concerning  special  population  needs,"  says  Tubre.  "But  it  was  to 
the  credit  of  Ronald  Forman,  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Audubon 
Institute,  and  to  the  architects  that  they  took  advantage  of  it." 

Designing  with  accessibility  in  mind  was  also  a  good  idea,  says  Molly  Alarcon, 
from  an  economic  point  of  view.  "One  of  New  Orleans's  main  industries  is  tourism. 
Here  was  this  wonderful  aquarium  going  up  in  an  ideal  location — right  in  the  French 
quarter  on  the  Mississippi  River — and  it  was  being  marketed  as  another  reason  to 
come  to  New  Orleans.  Now,  when  you  start  getting  into  marketing,  it's  not  just  the 
nice  thing  to  do  to  help  out  the  poor  handicapped  people.  It's  economically  smart. 

"For  one  thing,  when  you  make  adjustments  for  individuals  with  disabilities, 
these  adjustments  are  going  to  be  very  good  for  a  lot  of  other  people — for  senior  cit- 
izens, for  example.  With  age,  we  all  lose  our  vision  and  our  hearing  and  our  mobil- 
ity to  some  degree.  And  to  mothers  with  toddlers  or  kids  in  strollers"  such  accessi- 
bility enables  both  the  children  and  the  parents  to  enjoy  the  exhibits. 

The  director  and  the  staff  made  efforts  to  involve  the  community,  especially  the 
disabled  community.  "We  took  our  show  on  the  road,"  says  Clyde  Butler.  "We  did  a 
series  of  town  meetings  where  we  went  out  as  a  committee  to  meet  with  other  mem- 
bers of  the  handicapped  community  and  let  them  know  what  was  going  on  and  to 
say,  'Look,  tell  us  how  to  make  this  building  suit  your  needs." 

By  the  time  the  aquarium  opened  in  September  1990,  the  committee  had  been 
together  for  more  than  three  years,  working  about  sixteen  hours  a  month.  In  the  be- 
ginning they  worked  with  the  architects  and  the  blueprints.  "It  wasn't  as  if  someone 
said,  'Come  on  in  and  take  all  the  candy  you  want,'"  says  Tubre.  "It  was,  'We  wel- 
come you  to  the  table.'  It  was  never  adversarial.  When  we  had  differences,  we  worked 
them  out  like  professionals  and  arrived  at  a  middle  ground." 

When  the  skeleton  of  the  new  building  was  up,  the  committee  held  a  walk- 
through. Then  it  began  working  with  the  director  of  exhibits.  They  inspected  all  the 
scaled  models.  The  committee  sent  letters  to  groups  representing  disabled  people  and 
asked  them  to  meet  one  night  and  go  through  the  exhibit  models.  "That  was  a  cru- 
cial meeting,"  says  Molly  Alarcon,  "because  that  night  one  of  the  disabled  vets 
identified  a  problem  in  the  safety  plan.  'If  you  have  a  fire,  how  are  you  going  to  get 
the  people  in  wheelchairs  down  from  the  second  floor?'  he  asked.  'You  have  blink- 
ing lights  for  the  deaf  person;  you  have  a  siren  for  blind  people.  But  what  do  you  do 
with  people  in  wheelchairs?'  As  a  result  of  this  meeting,  the  staff  developed  a  spe- 
cial procedure  for  them."  The  procedure  involves  directing  persons  in  wheelchairs 
to  the  second-floor  balcony.  Here,  presumably  they  would  be  safe  but  easily  could 
be  evacuated  by  the  fire  department,  if  necessary. 


AQUARIUM    OF    THE    AMERICAS 

59 


Clyde  Butler,  who,  as  director  of  construction,  was  responsible  for  implementing 
all  the  agreed-upon  modifications  recommended  by  the  special  populations  com- 
mittee, is  enthusiastic  about  the  innovations  that  help  disabled  individuals  enjoy  and 
participate  in  the  aquarium's  offerings. 

"We  have  several  pieces  of  what  we  call  interactive  graphics,  where  you  manip- 
ulate a  piece  of  equipment  with  a  push  button  or  a  lever,  which  anybody  can  oper- 
ate because  it  takes  very  little  strength  in  your  hands.  For  example,  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  Caribbean  Reef  exhibits,  there  is  a  mounted  camera.  You  press  a  lever 
to  control  it.  The  camera  moves  on  a  rod  across  the  length  of  the  tank  and  does  a 
180  degree  pan,  so  that  it  can  cover  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  the  water.  When 
you  want  to  take  a  close  look  at  something,  you  simply  hit  the  zoom  button,  and  then 
tv  monitors  mounted  on  the  wall  pick  it  up  so  that  everyone  can  see  what  the  cam- 
era sees.  .  .  .  the  kids  love  it." 

The  aquarium  is  experimenting  with  two  types  of  levers,  says  Butler.  "One  is 
thumb -lever  action,  which  is  like  a  small  joy  stick.  It  doesn't  take  much  finger  pres- 
sure at  all  to  operate  it.  The  other  is  a  button;  it's  like  ringing  a  doorbell.  We're  try- 
ing to  see  which  system  is  received  better." 

In  addition  to  making  the  500,000-gallon  Gulf  of  Mexico  exhibit  visible  from  floor 
to  ceiling,  the  aquarium  has  made  sure  that,  in  its  smaller  exhibits,  no  surface  that 
the  public  comes  in  contact  with  is  higher  than  twenty-one  inches  from  the  floor. 
"That  means,"  says  Butler,  "that  a  person  in  a  wheelchair  will  not  have  to  have  spe- 
cial provisions  to  roll  up  to  an  exhibit  and  do  what  everyone  else  is  doing.  For  ex- 
ample, youngsters  can  put  their  hands  into  the  touch  pool  and  pick  up  a  starfish  or 
a  spineless  lobster  and  hold  it  in  their  hands  and  watch  it  crawl  up  their  fingers.  They 
do  not  have  to  have  someone  pick  them  up  and  hang  them  over  the  pool.  It  takes  the 
indignity  out  of  coming  to  the  aquarium." 

For  hearing-impaired  visitors,  every  one  of  the  aquarium's  twenty-two  video  ex- 
hibits is  captioned.  They  cover  such  topics  as  how  fish  move,  the  life  cycle  of  a  shark, 
and  the  differences  between  tropical  and  subtropical  penguins. 

The  aquarium  also  has  the  services  of  three  sign-language  interpreters.  One  of 
these  is  a  museum  volunteer;  the  others  are  made  available  by  the  state  for  one  day 
a  month.  James  Forstall,  a  member  of  the  special  populations  committee  and  state 
coordinator  for  the  deaf,  publishes  a  monthly  newsletter,  which  publicizes  the  dates 
and  times  when  interpreters  are  available.  This  information  enables  groups  wishing 
guided  tours  to  make  arrangements  for  them. 

Because  the  aquarium  has  a  cadre  of  800  volunteers,  any  group  that  wants  a 


The  aquarium  encourages  hands-on  activity  in  some  exhibits. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
60 


AQUARIUM    OF    THE    AMERICAS 
6l 


guided  tour  can  make  that  wish  known  when  it  purchases  tickets,  and  a  guide  will 
be  waiting  when  the  group  arrives.  Tickets  are  sold  by  time  slots  so  that  the  aquar- 
ium is  never  overcrowded  and  traffic  moves  easily.  "Wheelchairs  take  more  time  and 
space,"  says  Butler,  "so  we  group  them  in  smaller  segments  when  there  are  fewer 
people  in  the  building.  We  always  know  how  many  tickets  we  have  sold  for  every 
hour,  and  we  are  very  sensitive  about  not  putting  too  many  people  in  the  building  at 
the  same  time  weVe  got  wheelchairs." 

"I  had  someone  ask  me,  'Why  would  a  blind  person  want  to  go  to  the  aquarium?' 
says  Molly  Alarcon.  "Well,  the  same  reason  anyone  else  would  want  to  go — to  ex- 
perience the  fish  and  the  feeling  and  the  sounds  and  the  sights — the  sights  being 
mental  images."  To  help  create  those  mental  images,  the  aquarium  is  working  on  an 
audiocassette  especially  for  those  with  visual  impairments. 

"There  are  some  important  things  to  remember  when  you  describe  things  to  blind 
people.  For  example,  for  a  sighted  person  you  might  say,  'Look  at  the  big  fish.'  For 
a  blind  person,  you  might  say,  'This  tank  has  fish  in  it  that  are  as  big  as  your  hand.' 
We  are  developing  a  script  for  an  auditory  guide  to  the  facility  that  will  give  blind 
persons  not  only  the  background  and  technical  information  about  each  exhibit  but 
also  the  the  types  of  descriptions  that  are  meaningful  to  them.  The  cassette  will  give 
them  more  freedom  in  exploring  the  aquarium." 

The  Aquarium  of  the  Americas  is  high-tech  throughout,  including  the  restrooms. 
"Everything  is  electronic,"  says  Butler.  "You  don't  push  or  touch  anything.  You  walk 
up  to  the  fountain  to  wash  your  hands,  and  the  water  comes  on.  You  finish  using  the 
urinal,  and  it  automatically  flushes.  Every  stall  is  designed  for  disabled  persons — 
and  so  is  every  water  fountain  and  every  telephone.  I  figure  that  it's  a  minor  incon- 
venience for  the  able  bodied  to  bend  over  just  a  little  bit  more." 

Calculating  the  costs  for  this  type  of  accessibility  is  difficult.  Charles  Tubre  says, 
"As  a  rule  of  thumb,  to  design  a  building  to  accommodate  persons  with  special  needs 
adds  one  percent  to  the  cost  of  new  construction.  But  the  aquarium  managers  went 
well  beyond  the  minimum  requirements."  Clyde  Butler  says  that  the  extra  cost  of 
such  special  features  as  the  floor-to-ceiling  glass  in  the  Gulf  exhibit  is  about  fourteen 
percent.  "But,"  he  says,  "it's  worth  it.  And  once  these  things  are  in  place,  the  cost  of 
maintenance  is  very  slight."  Molly  Alarcon  says,  "Building  in  accessibility  saves 
money — not  only  because  you  do  not  have  to  do  it  over  again  but  because  it  makes 
it  a  better  facility  for  everybody  and  in  the  long  run  is  very  cost-effective." 

The  architectural  barriers  may  be  eliminated,  but  the  committee  does  not  regard  its 
work  as  finished.  "Everyone  thinks,  'Well,  the  doors  are  wide,  the  ramps  are  sloped,  the 
signage  is  good.  This  is  wonderful.'  And,  indeed,  it  is.  But  we  still  have  a  ways  to  go." 

One  area  of  concern  is  hiring  practices.  The  aquarium  already  has  two  autistic 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
62 


individuals  working  there,  yet  everyone  agrees  that  the  disabled  community  is  not 
yet  well  represented  on  the  staff.  The  goal  is  to  have  disabled  persons  in  manager- 
ial positions. 

The  committee  also  focuses  on  training.  "You  can  have  the  greatest  facility,  the 
most  accessible  architecture  in  the  world  and  if  your  staff  is  not  trained,  and  your 
volunteers  are  not  trained,  and  the  people  who  run  the  museum  shop  are  not  trained 
to  have  an  accepting  attitude,  then  you're  undoing  what  you've  accomplished,"  says 
Alarcon.  The  committee  is  writing  part  of  the  training  manual  for  volunteers  and  ar- 
ranging training  sessions  for  staff  and  volunteers. 

The  emphasis  is  on  breaking  down  attitudinal  barriers.  "The  committee  wants 
to  get  away  from  some  of  the  old  terminology,"  says  Clyde  Butler.  "For  example,  the 
word  'handicapped'  is  not  much  used  anymore  because  'disabled'  is  better.  It  means 
you  aren't  regarded  as  handicapped  but  as  someone  who  is  disabled  from  doing  cer- 
tain things." 

Training  for  volunteers  is  designed  to  give  them  the  tools  they  need  to  be  com- 
fortable in  communicating  with  persons  with  special  needs.  Full-day  training  ses- 
sions are  held  twice  a  year  with  one  hour  of  the  day  devoted  to  the  needs  of  special 
populations.  At  the  first  training  session,  volunteers  heard  a  representative  of  the 
Epilepsy  Foundation  describe  what  to  do  if  someone  had  a  seizure.  The  volunteers 
performed  some  role-playing  with  a  sight-impaired  person  and  learned  how  to  use 
the  aquarium's  tt.  They  also  learned  that  it  is  always  right  to  offer  assistance  and 
that  they  should  never  be  insulted  if  the  response  is,  "No,  thanks,  I'm  doing  fine." 

Clyde  Butler  is  justly  proud  of  the  aquarium's  accessibility  and  strong  in  his  praise 
for  the  special  populations  committee,  but  he  adds,  "I  don't  want  you  to  think  this 
was  easy.  We  went  through  a  lot  of  discussions  and  held  a  lot  of  meetings.  Sometimes 
we  impassed  and  did  nothing.  There  were  difficult  issues  to  resolve."  Charles  Tubre 
agrees  that  there  was  "give  and  take,"  but  he  points  out  one  very  good  reason  why 
management  and  the  committee  worked  together  so  effectively:  "We  had  a  common 
goal — to  make  this  a  world-class  structure  that  would  accommodate  all  visitors  — 
and  we  never  lost  sight  of  it." 


AQUARIUM    OF    THE    AMERICAS 
63 


-  ■  f 
J- 


T 

. 

^~ 

- 

:ff- 

■ 

wk 

f"*' 

: 

/fy* 

'" 

/  ~-~ .    ,. 

■»**" 

sir 

■ 


1 7-***    s 


VvV-i$Sf    ™JB 


* 


^fej 


«-««♦*  r-  ..' ,  i' 


■     ^ 


>?V& 


SHI 


.• 


M' 


Hfe^ 


**j 


S^V 


«y  »  - 


The  Bloedel  Reserve 

Bainbridge  Island,  Washington 


eople  are  not  set  apart  from  the  rest  of 
nature — they  are  just  members  of  that  incredibly  diverse  population  of  the  uni- 
verse, members  that  nature  can  do  without  but  who  cannot  do  without 
nature.  So  wrote  Prentice  Bloedel  in  1980  regarding  his  decision  to  create  a  nature 
reserve  of  his  estate  on  Bainbridge  Island,  Washington.  He  sought  to  create  a  re- 
serve where  all  people  could  come  to  "enjoy  and  learn  from  the  emotional  and  es- 
thetic experiences  of  nature." 

Bloedel  and  his  wife  Virginia  purchased  the  estate  in  1951.  This  150  acre  reserve 
is  on  the  northern  tip  of  the  island  in  the  Puget  Sound.  To  the  east  is  Seattle  and, 
beyond  that,  the  Cascades;  to  the  west  are  the  Olympic  Peaks.  A  French  country 
house  stands  on  a  bluff  overlooking  Port  Madison  Bay  near  Agate  Pass.  Here  the 
Bloedels  found  "plants  and  colonies  of  fragile  woodland  species,  mosses,  ferns,  a 
world  of  incomparable  diversity."  The  Bloedels  left  some  eighty-four  acres  in  sec- 
ond-growth forest.  They  added  trails  to  make  these  areas  more  accessible.  On  the 
other  acres  they  developed  various  gardens,  ponds,  bird  refuges,  glens,  and  mead- 
ows. These  are  altered  landscapes,  but  they  have  been  changed  in  ways  consistent 
with  the  Bloedels'  philosophy  that  people  should  be  trustees  of  their  environment 
and  not  conquerors  of  it. 

In  1974,  with  the  idea  of  turning  all  of  this  over  to  the  public,  Bloedel  established 
a  nonprofit  foundation,  the  Arbor  Fund,  to  administer  the  reserve  and  an  endow- 
ment to  assure  its  perpetual  maintenance.  In  1986  the  main  house  was  remodeled  to 
create  a  visitors'  center.  Public  rooms  are  on  the  main  floor  and  offices  are  upstairs. 
A  new  building  erected  at  the  entrance  serves  as  a  gatehouse  and  orientation  center. 
A  planning  firm  developed  a  main  circulation  route  through  the  reserve  that  would 

Many  of  the  Bloedel  Reserve's  trails  are  wheelchair  accessible. 


THE    BLOEDEL   RESERVE 
65 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
66 


not  only  be  easy  for  the  public  to  follow  but  also  adhere  to  Mr.  Bloedel's  wishes  that 
the  landscapes  of  the  reserve  be  revealed  in  a  sequence  that  would  show  their  unity 
and  integrity. 

When  the  Bloedel  Reserve  was  opened  to  the  public  in  October  1988,  its  staff 
made  a  commitment  to  make  the  reserve  accessible.  With  the  appointment  of  Patri- 
cia M.  Ostenson  as  program  coordinator,  the  reserve  gained  an  expert  who  had  or- 
ganized programs  at  the  Seattle  Aquarium  for  special  populations,  conducted  work- 
shops on  accessibility,  and  served  on  national  panels  on  accessibility  issues. 

Work  on  accessibility  began  at  once.  With  only  $500  Ostenson  installed  a  tt  (Tele- 
phone Text  for  hearing  impaired  people)  and  paid  for  the  printing  of  "Accessibility 
at  the  Bloedel  Reserve,"  a  handbook  for  staff  and  volunteers.  The  handbook,  which 
Ostenson  wrote  with  input  from  the  Washington  Library  for  the  Blind  and  other 
groups,  is  a  model  of  common  sense  and  sensitivity  on  how  to  approach  and  assist 
disabled  persons.  For  example,  under  the  heading  "General  Approach,"  the  hand- 
book advises  the  volunteer  to  "Speak  directly  to  the  person,  not  to  the  interpreter." 
In  working  with  visually  impaired  individuals,  "identify  yourself.  Tell  the  person 
when  you're  approaching  or  leaving  so  they  won't  be  startled  by  your  presence  or 
stranded  by  your  absence." 

With  a  hearing-impaired  person,  who  may  be  lip-reading,  the  volunteer  is  re- 
minded to  "make  sure  light  isn't  shining  into  a  person's  eyes";  with  learning-im- 
paired persons,  "give  those  with  speech  problems  extra  time  to  express  them- 
selves." The  handbook  is  the  basic  training  document  for  the  reserve's  fifty-four 
volunteers.  There  is  one  formal  orientation  session  for  volunteers,  and  part  of  it  is 
devoted  to  accessibility.  "From  then  on,"  says  Ostenson,  "it's  all  on-the-job  expe- 


rience." 


For  visually  impaired  persons — or  anyone — wishing  to  tour  the  reserve  without 
a  guide,  the  "Self-Guiding  Walking  Tour"  was  written  and  produced  both  as  a  cas- 
sette and  as  a  brochure  with  large,  readable  type. 

Ostenson's  experience  at  the  Seattle  Aquarium  convinced  her  that  the  way  to  start 
programs  for  disabled  persons  is  to  work  with  a  committee  of  experts — i.e.,  disabled 
persons.  "It's  the  only  way  to  do  it  because  it  avoids  so  many  pitfalls." 

Within  a  few  months  she  had  an  informal  committee  to  consult  with:  Mary  Kim- 
ball, representing  mobility  impairments;  Maril  Elliott,  representing  hearing  impair- 
ments; and  Barrie  Burkhalter,  representing  visual  impairments.  By  the  spring  of  1991 
the  committee  scheduled  regular  meetings.  "We  will  get  their  suggestions  on  pro- 
gramming and  ask  them  to  monitor  the  grounds,"  says  Ostenson.  "They  will  also  be 

People  may  use  a  ramp  to  enter  the  visitors '  center. 


THE    BLOEDEL    RESERVE 

67 


a  resource  for  our  staff  and  give  everyone  a  chance  to  see  the  process  work,  rather 
than  having  myself  always  as  point  person." 

The  committee  was  drawn  from  those  who  were  already  frequent  visitors  to  the 
reserve.  Mary  Kimball,  who  has  used  a  wheelchair  since  having  polio  46  years  ago, 
says,  "Ever  since  I  joined  the  reserve  three  years  ago,  I  have  been  kind  of  needling 
them.  Whenever  I  saw  things  that  I  felt  wouldn't  be  too  hard  to  fix,  I  told  them  about 
it.  So,  they  pretty  soon  knew  me." 

Far  from  objecting  to  being  "needled,"  Ostenson  took  full  advantage  of  Kim- 
ball's perspective.  "When  we  are  working  on  trails,  I  think  of  what  Mrs.  Kimball 
will  say  if  we  don't  do  it  right,"  she  says.  "She  has  wheeled  through  the  grounds 
with  the  maintenance  staff  several  times,  looking  for  places  where  the  trails  need 
improving  and  pointing  out  where  ramps  would  work  well,  but  she  is  very  rea- 
sonable in  her  requests.  For  example,  if  you  have  access  into  an  area  and  it's  ex- 
tremely difficult  to  create  a  circular  pattern,  Mrs.  Kimball  says  it's  perfectly  ac- 
ceptable to  come  out  the  same  way  you  went  in.  It's  been  gratifying  to  us  to  know 
that's  okay." 

"When  the  reserve  first  opened,"  says  Mary  Kimball,  "all  the  roads  were  just 
dirt  and  gravel.  And  that's  difficult  for  wheelchairs.  But  when  they  announced  that 
they  were  going  to  pave  the  main  road,  I  was  stunned.  I  hate  to  see  a  road  put  in. 
So  I  said,  'Oh,  no,  no,  no.  Leave  it  natural.  Let  us  struggle.  I  can  get  around.'  And 
then  they  did  it,  and  now  I  think  it's  the  greatest  thing.  It's  nice  for  some  of  the 
older  people,  too.  I  see  an  older  woman  pushing  her  husband  in  a  wheelchair  or  a 
man  pushing  his  wife,  and,  you  know,  the  chair  just  glides  along,  no  struggle  in 
pushing." 

The  trails  are  not  paved.  They  are  crushed  stone  overlaid  with  bark.  They  are 
firm  and  packed  down  well.  Generally  they  are  four  feet  wide,  have  no  more  than  a 
five  degree  grade,  and  have  definite  "shorelines" — edges  that  are  distinctly  different 
from  other  surfaces.  "We  built  the  bark  up  so  that  the  trail  is  very  readily  definable," 
says  Ostenson.  When  you  ride  or  walk  upon  the  crushed  rock,  the  resulting  sound 
and  texture  is  very  different  from  that  of  the  bark.  This  enables  you  to  know  if  you 
ever  veer  off  the  trail. 

When  the  Kitsap  Handicapped  Action  Committee  evaluated  the  grounds  for  ac- 
cessibility in  1989,  it  was  "impressed  with  the  steps  already  taken,"  but  added  two 
pages  of  suggested  improvements.  The  reserve  responded  immediately.  It  added  two 
ramps  to  make  the  guest  house  in  the  Japanese  Garden  accessible,  had  a  ramp  resur- 
faced, added  a  railing  outside  the  visitor's  center,  installed  a  contrast  strip  on  mar- 
ble steps,  and  created  some  pull-off  areas,  with  benches,  where  wheelchair  users  and 
their  companions  can  stop  and  rest. 


tup:  access i ble  museum 
68 


Prentice  BloedeVs  home  was  remodeled  as  a  visitors''  center  in  ig86. 

Most  of  all,  they  "took  to  heart"  the  suggestion  that  guides  be  trained  to  conduct 
tours  based  on  the  ability  of  the  visitor.  "If  someone  in  a  wheelchair  asks,  'Where 
can  I  go?'  we  recommend  the  easiest  route — the  central  gardens,"  says  Ostenson. 
"A  more  difficult  tour,  but  do-able  with  a  companion,  is  the  bird  refuge.  The  glen  is 
too  difficult  unless  you  are  athletically  wonderful. 

"We  train  the  tour  guides  to  respond  to  special  requests  or  special  needs.  But  we 
don't  announce,  'On  Tuesdays  we  have  tours  for  blind  persons  or  deaf  persons.'  If  a 
group  with  special  needs  arrives,  we  ask  them  what  they  want  to  do.  If  we  have  in- 
dividuals with  impaired  vision,  we  make  sure  to  use  very  descriptive  language.  And 
we  make  sure  that  each  person  has  a  chance  to  tell  the  difference  in  the  trees  along 
the  trail — the  firs,  cedars,  and  alders — by  feeling  both  the  needles  and  the  bark,  as 
well  as  the  moss,  rocks,  seeds,  and  other  vegetation. 

"This  is  a  useful  approach  with  children's  tours,  too.  Kids  really  benefit  from  good 
descriptive  language  and  enjoy  the  tactile  objects.  You  don't  have  to  be  blind  to  en- 
joy the  feeling  of  moss." 

Each  summer  Ostenson  invites  the  Lighthouse  for  the  Blind  to  bring  their  sum- 
mer campers  to  the  reserve  for  a  field  trip.  About  twenty-five  deaf/blind  campers  ar- 
rive, each  with  a  volunteer  interpreter.  By  all  accounts,  it  is  a  very  positive  experi- 


THE    BLOEDEL    RESERVE 
69 


A  portion  of  the  Bloedel  Reserve's  15c  acres. 

ence  for  them.  "One  boy  took  a  keen  interest  in  the  feel  of  the  bark  and  the  leaves," 
says  Ostenson.  "It  was  clear  that  he  was  interested  in  botany  because  he  drew  very 
interesting  comparisons  between  the  deciduous  trees  and  the  evergreen  trees  and 
asked  good  questions  about  whether  the  fir  tree  was  really  a  pine.  So  that  was  a  lot 
of  fun.  And  Paula  Hoffman,  who  puts  the  camp  together,  wrote  later  to  say  that  many 
campers  had  commented  that  even  if  they  couldn't  see  or  hear,  the  experience  had 
felt  wonderful  for  them." 

Ostenson  looks  forward  each  year  to  the  campers  and  does  not  regard  the  pres- 
ence of  so  many  profoundly  disabled  persons  in  the  reserve  at  the  same  time  as  too 
demanding.  She  credits  the  interpreters  with  doing  the  hard  work. 

For  all  the  effort  put  into  making  the  reserve  accessible,  however,  when  it  comes 
to  seventy  acres  of  trails,  steps,  cliffs,  ravines,  and  swamps,  it  is  obvious  that  not 
every  vista  can  be  accessible  to  every  visitor.  No  one  is  quicker  to  see  that  and  ac- 
cept it  than  Mary  Kimball.  "There  are  places  I  couldn't — shouldn't — go.  Lovely 
rocky  places,  places  there's  no  way  a  wheelchair  could  get  through. 

"My  son  discovered  this  state  when  he  came  here  between  college  and  the  Viet- 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

70 


nam  War.  And  after  that,  when  he  came  out  here  to  live,  he  said,  'Mom,  there  are 
places  in  the  world  that  shouldn't  be  accessible  too  easily.  You  shouldn't  be  able  to 
drive  a  car  there;  you  shouldn't  even  have  a  path  for  a  wheelchair.'  And  he's  right. 
You  can't  make  everything  accessible.  But  it's  just  miraculous  how  much  more  is  ac- 
cessible than  there  used  to  be.  And  you  can  see  so  much  of  the  reserve  that  what  you 
miss  doesn't  matter." 

"Now,  the  visitors'  center,"  she  says,  "is  totally  accessible,  as  it  should  be.  You 
just  go  to  the  side  entrance  by  the  breezeway,  and  it's  all  ramped,  and  you  come  right 
in.  And  the  doorways  are  all  wide;  its  just  wonderful. 

"They  have  a  bathroom  that's  just  huge — totally  accessible,  and  would  be  for 
someone  with  an  attendant  with  them.  Sometimes  architects  have  the  strangest  idea 
of  bathroom  accessibility.  Lots  of  times  when  they  put  the  booths  in,  they  make  the 
door  wide  enough,  but  they  don't  make  the  area  deep  enough  so  you  can  close  it  be- 
hind you.  But  here  it's  just  a  lovely  old-fashioned  big  bathroom." 

The  visitors'  center  is  also  the  setting  for  musical  performances,  readings,  and 
plays.  "Oh,  that's  such  fun,"  says  Kimball.  Invitations  and  notices  are  sent  to  the 
two  thousand  members.  "When  you  get  that  concert  notice,  you  just  have  to  hit  the 
phone  as  fast  as  you  can."  The  events  take  place  in  the  big  living  room  during  the 
winter  and  on  the  east  lawn  in  the  summer  so  that  the  audience  has  a  view  of  the 
Cascades. 

Some  of  the  performances  are  signed.  Ostenson  hopes  to  have  $1,000  more  next 
year  to  increase  the  number  of  concerts  that  are  signed.  To  get  the  word  out,  she  re- 
lies not  only  on  the  mailings  to  members  but  also  on  letters  and  phone  calls  to  agen- 
cies and  on  committee  members,  to  make  sure  people  with  various  disabilities  know 
about  these  performances  and  the  accessibility  of  the  visitors'  center.  "But  we  don't 
call  up  and  say,  'We're  having  something  for  nonhearing  people.  Care  to  come?' 
That's  the  value  in  just  including  it  as  one  of  our  regular  performances.  It  lets  peo- 
ple know  that,  with  just  a  little  effort  on  behalf  of  those  with  disabilities,  the  per- 
formances, like  the  reserve  itself,  can  be  for  everyone." 


THE    BLOEDEL    RESERVE 
71 


Drayton  Hall 

Charleston,  South  Carolina 


rayton  Hall  is  truly  a  national  trea- 
sure. Built  between  1738  and  1742,  the  house  is  one  of  the  finest  examples  of  Geor- 
gian Palladian  architecture  in  America.  Through  seven  generations  of  family 
ownership,  this  National  Historic  Landmark  has  remained  in  virtually  original 
condition.  It  is  the  only  Ashley  River  plantation  house  to  survive  the  Civil  War  in- 
tact. It  has  no  running  water,  electric  lights,  central  heating  or  air  conditioning. 
Some  walls  still  contain  the  original  paint.  Its  remarkable  state  of  preservation 
and  its  authenticity  offer  visitors  a  rare  glimpse  into  the  social  and  cultural  his- 
tory of  the  South. 

As  with  some  other  historic  buildings,  though,  Drayton  Hall  faces  restrictions  on 
the  types  of  alterations  it  can  make  to  accommodate  disabled  persons.  In  addition, 
Drayton  Hall  had  a  special  problem  of  its  own:  The  type  of  tour  best  suited  to  ex- 
plain the  site  was  quite  unsuitable  for  one  segment  of  the  audience — hearing-im- 
paired people. 

As  Meggett  Lavin,  curator  of  education  and  research,  explains:  "We're  a  different 
kind  of  site.  We're  not  a  typical  house  museum  because  we  don't  have  furniture.  We're 
not  a  ruin  because  we  are  in  a  lot  better  condition.  What  we  do  is  interpret  the  house. 
We  use  its  architecture  and  the  landscape  to  shed  light  on  the  history  and  culture  of 
the  area,  and  we  also  introduce  visitors  to  the  philosophy  of  preservation.  There  are 
no  exhibits  and  no  signage  in  the  house.  This  means  that  visitors  have  to  learn  by 
hearing,  and  that  presented  obvious  problems  for  our  hearing-impaired  guests." 

In  1986  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  held  a  workshop  at  Drayton  Hall 
on  Access  for  Disabled  Visitors  to  Historic  Sites.  The  Drayton  Hall  staff  responded 
by  undertaking  a  project  to  make  the  tours  better  for  hearing-impaired  visitors. 

Drayton  Hall  opened  to  the  public  in  197?. 


72 


"•i*^.^*r 


■ 

>    ■  ■ . li L. 


Sffitafeisis^ 


': 


**'&£:'-i 


The  first  idea  was  to  have  two  simultaneous  sign  language  interpreters  take  the 
tour  with  the  project  coordinator,  Charlie  McKinney,  from  the  South  Carolina  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Deaf.  Because  the  tour  focuses  on  architecture,  it  uses  a  lot  of  archi- 
tectural terms,  and  "the  interpreters  had  to  finger-spell  just  about  everything.  By  the 
end  of  the  tour,  they  were  exhausted,"  says  Lavin.  "We  knew  then  that  having  sign 
language  interpreters  take  the  tours  on  a  regular  basis  was  not  the  answer. 

"The  written  tour  was  the  solution.  But  we  did  about  five  versions  before  we  got 
it  right.  When  we  tried  the  first  prototype  with  Charlie,  he  had  no  idea  where  he  was 
supposed  to  be  most  of  the  time.  That  was  when  we  learned  that  we  had  to  be  very 
clear  about  directions." 

The  various  versions  of  the  text  were  reviewed  by  the  advisory  committee,  all  of 
whom  represented  the  hearing-impaired  community.  These  versions  were  then  field- 
tested  by  local  hearing-impaired  persons,  who  would  take  the  tour  and  offer  sug- 
gestions. Comments  and  suggestions  were  incorporated  into  revised  drafts  and  tested 
again.  The  process  took  almost  a  year. 

The  final  forty-page  booklet  is  elegantly  simple.  The  major  sections  are  tabbed: 
Directions,  Introduction,  First  Floor,  Second  Floor,  Riverfront/Basement,  and  an  ad- 
dendum. Each  description  of  a  room  or  a  facade  occupies  opposing  pages;  on  the  left 
are  crisp  black-and-white  illustrations  depicting  the  architectural  elements  and  ba- 
sic concepts  that  are  discussed  on  the  right-hand  page.  Architectural  terms  are  in 
boldface  and  clearly  defined.  At  the  top  of  each  right-hand  page  is  a  floor  plan  with 
an  V  marking  the  room  described.  The  book  is  printed  in  Presentor  A  typeface 
(twelve  point,  with  fourteen  point  leading)  to  make  it  easy  to  read. 

When  a  hearing -imp  aired  visitor  is  on  the  tour,  the  interpreter  carries  a  copy  of 
the  written  tour  and  shows  what  page  they  are  on  at  each  room.  That  way  hearing- 
impaired  visitors  always  know  where  they  are  in  the  house,  even  if  the  guide  has  had 
to  change  the  order  of  the  regular  tour. 

A  small  grant  from  the  Arts  Endowment  and  the  National  Trust  for  Historic 
Preservation  paid  for  the  preparation  and  first  printing  of  500  copies.  The  total  cost 
for  the  booklet  was  $3,740  (preparation  of  the  script — $500;  illustrations — $250; 
supplies — $40;  printing — $3,000).  This  was  a  bargain,  by  any  standard. 

The  booklet  makes  an  important  difference  for  hearing-impaired  visitors.  Net- 
tie Allen,  a  member  of  Self-Help  for  Hard  of  Hearing  People,  Inc.,  reports  her  ex- 
perience: "Strategically  placed  at  Drayton  Hall's  entrance  gate  is  an  easily  seen 
sign,  A  Written  Tour  Is  Available  For  Persons  with  Hearing  Impairment.  Please 
ask  gatekeeper  for  information.'  Following  directions,  I  inquired  of  the  gatekeeper 

One  device  for  mastering  Drayton  Hall's  exterior  stairs. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

74 


DRAYTON   HALL 

75 


and  was  given  a  sheet  with  a  welcome,  a  map  of  the  grounds,  and  directions  for 
securing  and  using  the  written  tour  booklet. 

"Proceeding  to  the  Preservation  Shop  as  directed,  I  noted  a  ramp  leading  up  to 
the  porch  and  also  a  wheelchair- accessible  fountain  and  restroom  facilities.  ...  In 
the  shop  I  was  immediately  handed  a  neat,  gray  8  1/2  x  11"  spiral-bound  booklet. 

"Since  the  leisurely  tours  are  scheduled  hourly,  hearing-impaired  visitors  could 
have  ample  time  at  the  outdoor  tables  and  benches  to  peruse  the  booklet  before- 
hand. ...  Its  illustrations  and  brief,  clear  descriptions  of  design  and  historical  notes 
parallel  information  to  be  given  by  docents. 

"Being  accustomed  to  well-furnished  historical  properties,  I  was  surprised  to  find 
that  the  fact  that  the  large  house  is  unfurnished  definitely  adds  to  one's  ability  to 
more  clearly  observe  and  appreciate  the  architecture  and  the  elegance  of  its  hand- 
crafted details.  The  booklet  proves  most  effective  in  helping  one  follow  docent  com- 
ments and  in  identifying  various  features  of  the  house  and  grounds." 

In  1988,  a  conference  of  hearing-impaired  persons  provided  what  Lavin  calls  "the 
ultimate  test"  of  the  written  tour.  Normally,  Drayton  Hall  staff  would  schedule  a  spe- 
cial tour  for  a  group  of  hearing-impaired  visitors  and  add  extra  museum  interpreters 
as  well  as  sign-language  interpreters  to  assist  with  the  tours.  "We  did  have  a  special 
conference  tour,  but  many  people  from  the  conference  came  here  on  their  own,  both 
hearing  and  hearing-impaired  together,"  says  Lavin.  "The  interpreters  took  every- 
body through  on  the  regular  tours,  and  it  was  just  fine.  That's  when  we  knew  the 
written  tour  worked." 

The  booklet  is  also  helpful  to  groups  other  than  visitors  with  hearing  impair- 
ments. "The  written  tour  has  been  very  helpful  for  older  visitors,  who  don't  quite 
admit  that  they  are  hearing-impaired  but  do  appreciate  having  something  to  follow," 
says  Lavin. 

"We  also  use  it  as  a  training  tool  for  new  museum  interpreters.  Teachers  and  stu- 
dents like  it,  too,  because  it  is  useful  for  research  and  pre- visit  activities.  Schools  of- 
ten purchase  copies. 

"We've  also  used  it  as  a  basis  for  a  translated  tour  for  our  foreign  visitors.  We 
have  French,  German,  and  Spanish  versions  of  the  written  tour,  and  we  are  now  look- 
ing for  someone  to  translate  it  into  Japanese.  It  is  a  great  project  to  undertake  for 
the  multiple  benefits  that  come  out  of  it — not  only  meeting  the  needs  of  one  audi- 
ence but  all  across  the  board." 

Another  improvement  has  made  the  tour  much  more  meaningful  for  mobility- 
impaired  visitors.  Until  recently,  a  mobility-impaired  visitor  could  not  get  to  the  first 
floor.  Due  to  damp  soil  conditions,  Drayton  Hall  has  a  raised  basement,  and  reach- 
ing the  first  floor  requires  going  up  a  flight  of  thirteen  steps.  A  mobility-impaired 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

76 


person  had  to  be  content  with  looking  at  photos,  which  an  interpreter  would  explain; 
joining  the  regular  tour  to  see  the  exterior  of  the  house,  the  basement,  the  riverfront, 
and  the  grounds;  and  viewing  the  interior  of  the  house  on  a  videotape.  Now,  every- 
one has  access  to  the  first  floor  because  of  the  installation  of  Stair  Trac. 

Stair  Trac  is  an  independent  unit  that  lifts  one  person  at  a  time  up  a  flight  of 
stairs  without  being  physically  attached  to  the  building.  "It  was  developed  in  Swe- 
den and  is  very  stable,"  says  Lavin.  "We  tried  it  out  with  people  before  we  purchased 
it  and  did  a  survey  around  the  country  to  see  how  it  was  working.  It's  an  investment 
of  $3,500,  but  we  are  excited  to  finally  have  a  way  to  get  people  up  to  the  main  floor." 

The  Stair  Trac  is  unable  to  go  up  the  second  floor  steps  because  of  their  angle, 
but  even  mobile  visitors  must  go  up  single  file  to  cross  over  a  bridge  that  spans  the 
ballroom  out  to  the  portico.  Drayton  Hall  is  in  the  midst  of  a  two-year  study  of  the 
structural  stresses  on  the  building,  and  few  visitors  are  permitted  access.  "The  tour 
concentrates  on  the  exterior,  basement,  first  floor,  and  landscape,"  says  Lavin. 

Drayton  Hall  has  a  full-time  staff  of  thirteen  and  about  twenty-seven  part-time 
staff  members  and  volunteers,  including  twelve  interpreters.  Most  of  the  interpreters 
are  paid,  part-time  staff  members.  The  success  of  the  tours  depends  heavily  on  the  in- 
terpreters, who  are  expected  to  keep  up  with  the  new  information  that  research  is  con- 
stantly revealing  about  Drayton  Hall  and  to  be  expert  in  dealing  with  people  as  well. 

The  tours  for  visually  impaired  persons,  for  example,  are  one-on-one  and  are 
adapted  to  each  individual.  "Our  staff  is  very  flexible,"  says  Lavin.  "An  interpreter 
can  read  the  audience  and  do  what  is  necessary  to  get  across  the  objectives.  When 
visually  impaired  visitors  come,  we  find  out  what  they  are  interested  in  and  then 
adapt  the  tour.  We  have  a  model  of  the  house  so  that  they  can  understand  the  whole 
construction,  and  there  are  some  features  they  can  touch  without  causing  damage. 
We  change  the  tour  a  little  to  focus  on  construction,  materials,  and  layout  in  addi- 
tion to  the  history. " 

As  museums  go,  Drayton  Hall  is  relatively  new.  It  has  been  open  to  the  public 
only  since  1977,  but  it  has  found  ways  to  make  disabled  persons  welcome  and  to  give 
them  tours  comparable  to  those  enjoyed  by  the  non-disabled  visitors. 

"I  don't  think  we  would  be  very  successful  with  a  whole  busload  of  visually  im- 
paired visitors,  though,"  says  Lavin.  "We  don't  have  enough  models."  She  reflects 
for  a  moment  and  then  adds,  "I  think  we  could  do  it  in  the  future,  though.  Nothing 
is  impossible." 


DRAYTON    HALL 

77 


Jim  Buck  Ross  Mississippi  Agriculture  and  Forestry 
National  Agricultural  Aviation  Museum 

Jackson,  Mississippi 


he  sprawling  grounds  of  the  Jim  Buck  Ross 
Mississippi  Agriculture  and  Forestry/National  Agricultural  Aviation  Museum  pre- 
sent a  major  accessibility  challenge  because  many  of  the  exhibits  are  based  on  his- 
torical tradition  and  most  are  also  outdoors. 

This  unique  museum  is  named  for  the  Mississippi  Commissioner  of  Agriculture 
and  Commerce,  Jim  Buck  Ross.  As  you  can  guess  from  its  name,  it  has  exhibits  on 
agriculture,  forestry,  and  agricultural  aviation.  The  objective  of  the  museum  is  to 
preserve  part  of  the  history  of  the  rural  South — to  tell,  as  its  brochure  says,  "the 
story  of  Mississippi  and  how  agriculture  has  shaped  our  heritage." 

To  tell  that  story  and  to  preserve  that  heritage,  the  museum  relies  very  little  on 
exhibiting  artifacts  in  glass-covered  cases.  Instead,  it  depends  heavily  on  keeping 
alive  traditions  and  a  way  of  life  through  actual  working  exhibits.  With  its  cotton  gin 
that  really  runs,  its  sugarcane  syrup-making  events,  its  mule  festivals,  and  its  coun- 
try store  with  penny  candy  for  sale,  the  museum  has  captured  a  way  of  life  as  it  was 
seventy  years  ago.  It's  a  way  of  life  that  can  now  be  experienced  by  everyone,  not 
through  books  or  movies  but,  as  the  brochure  describes  it,  "up  close  and  personal." 

Established  in  1983  on  a  thirty-nine  acre  site,  the  museum  has  a  place  for  every- 
thing its  name  suggests  —  agriculture,  forestry,  aviation — and  more.  The  four  main 
areas  include:  (1)  The  Heritage  Center,  which  has  35,000  square  feet  of  exhibits  trac- 
ing the  history  of  agriculture  and  forestry  in  the  region.  Organized  around  the  theme 
of  transportation,  the  exhibits  go  from  the  water  era  to  the  rail  and  road  eras,  end- 
ing with  agricultural  aviation,  which  is  represented  by  three  crop-dusting  aircraft. 
(2)  The  Fortenberry-Parkman  farm,  built  in  i860  and  restored  as  it  was  in  the  1920s, 
a  working  farm  where  chores  are  performed  daily.  (3)  Small  Town,  a  typical  1920s 


At  least  twelve  major  events  are  held  each  year. 


78 


village  with  a  general  store,  restored  church,  blacksmith  shop,  grist  mill,  Masonic 
Lodge,  cotton  gin,  filling  station,  schoolhouse,  and  doctor's  office.  (4)  Forest  Study 
Trail,  which  has  a  swinging  bridge  and  boardwalk  and  is  the  habitat  of  94  of  the  136 
commercial  types  of  trees  growing  in  Mississippi.  (These  are  identified  by  name  signs 
to  assist  those  who  come  to  study  the  environment.) 

Also  on  the  grounds  are  a  sugarcane  mill,  a  children's  barnyard,  an  amphithe- 
ater, a  pavilion,  an  arts  and  crafts  building,  and  a  recent  addition — a  building  ex- 
hibiting Indian  artifacts. 

It  is  a  museum  with  broad  appeal.  Older  adults,  who  make  up  twenty-five  per- 
cent of  the  audience,  love  it.  "They  like  to  browse  and  relive,"  says  Margie  FitzGer- 
ald,  the  museum  curator.  "It's  a  great  place  for  that."  School  children  love  it,  too, 
and  on  a  single  day  the  museum  might  play  host  to  as  many  as  1,500  students  who 
are  blissfully  unaware  that  they  are  absorbing  history. 

The  museum  is  a  great  place,  too,  for  people  with  disabilities,  many  of  whom  are 
also  neighbors.  Next  door  are  the  Mississippi  School  for  the  Deaf  and  the  Mississippi 
School  for  the  Blind.  A  few  blocks  away  are  the  Veterans  Administration  Medical 
Center  and  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Rehabilitation  Center.  Also  in  the  area  are  the 
Hudspeth  Retardation  Center,  Willowood  Developmental  Center,  and  Mississippi 
State  Hospital.  Visitors  frequently  come  to  the  museum  from  all  these  places,  and 
the  museum  was  designed  to  accommodate  and  welcome  them  all. 

Visitors  who  use  wheelchairs  find  few  obstacles  to  prevent  them  from  going  where 
they  wish  and  seeing  what  they  want  to  see.  The  Heritage  Center  is  a  one-level  build- 
ing with  wide,  unimpeded  aisles  through  the  exhibit  area.  It  has  a  telephone,  water 
fountain,  and  restrooms  designed  to  accommodate  wheelchair  users.  Except  for  the 
two-story  cotton  gin,  all  outside  buildings  have  access  ramps.  Benches,  chairs,  and 
picnic  tables  serve  as  rest  stops.  A  boardwalk  winds  through  the  nature  trail. 

For  visitors  who  may  not  require  wheelchairs  but  could  use  some  assistance  get- 
ting around,  the  museum  has  a  variety  of  options.  It  can  lend  them  a  motorized 
wheelchair  or  a  motorized  three-wheel  scooter.  Or  staff  members  will  load  up  the 
two  golf  carts  and  drive  guests  around. 

The  museum  offers  something  for  everyone.  Disabled  or  nondisabled,  it's  fun  to 
watch  sugarcane  syrup  being  made  and  maybe  get  a  taste  of  it  when  it  is  ready.  For 
all  the  children,  but  perhaps  especially  for  learning-impaired  and  visually  impaired 
voungsters,  the  children's  barnyard  is  an  exciting  place,  with  its  donkey,  ducks,  geese, 
goats,  sheep,  and  pigs;  and  when  there  is  a  staff  member  or  docent  around  to  assist, 
some  of  these  animals  are  happy  to  be  petted. 

When  visually  impaired  youngsters  go  through  the  museum,  "we  let  them  touch 
some  artifacts."  says  FitzGerald.  "Things  we  don't  let  other  people  touch,  we'll  let 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
80 


Small  Town  recreates  life  in  a  ig2cs  village. 

them  reach  over  and  feel  the  shape  of  it.  They  like  to  listen  to  the  sounds  of  the  mu- 
seum, too,  and  they  get  a  lot  out  of  the  film  we  have.  It's  a  fifteen-minute  film  that 
tells  them  what  they  are  going  to  see  when  they  tour,  and  all  about  the  history  of 
agriculture  in  this  part  of  the  country." 

Groups  from  the  Mississippi  State  Hospital  also  come  through  the  museum. 
"Some  get  more  out  of  it  than  others,"  says  FitzGerald,  "but  with  just  about  every- 
one, something  somewhere  will  awaken  them  and  catch  their  interest." 

The  museum  is  a  natural  attraction  for  older  people.  Its  special  focus,  the  period 
of  the  1920s  and  1930s,  is  the  time  when  most  older  people  were  growing  up.  Most  of 
them  prefer  to  tour  the  museum  at  their  leisure,  without  guides,  reminiscing  and 
sharing  experiences  with  their  friends  and  families.  It  is  not  unusual  to  see  families 
that  span  four  or  even  five  generations  touring  the  museum  together.  At  the  Forten- 
berry-Parkman  Farm,  where  work  is  performed  pretty  much  as  it  was  sixty  years 


JIM    BUCK    ROSS    MISSISSIPPI    AGRICULTURE    AND    FORESTRY 
NATIONAL   AGRICULTURAL   AND    AVIATION    MUSEUM 


8l 


ago,  "you  hear  the  same  comment  over  and  over,"  says  Margie  FitzGerald:  '"Thank 
goodness,  I'm  not  still  on  the  farm." 

Staff  members  visit  retirement  homes,  nursing  homes,  and  senior  citizen  clubs  to 
encourage  residents  to  participate  in  activities  at  the  museum.  Sometimes  they  will 
take  with  them  such  artifacts  as  an  old  iron  or  a  high-button  shoe  to  stimulate  their 
interest.  Eight  senior  adults  are  active  as  docents,  and  "they  make  very  good  guides," 
says  FitzGerald. 

Senior  Citizens  Day,  an  annual  event,  attracts  tremendous  crowds.  Activities  in- 
clude basket  weaving,  spinning,  quilting,  clogging,  country  music,  gospel  singing, 
blacksmith  and  grist-mill  demonstrations,  and  square  dancing. 

The  museum  receives  about  fifty  percent  of  its  $280,000  operating  budget  from 
the  state,  and  it  also  receives  some  contributions  from  local  industries  (the  golf  carts 
and  the  motorized  scooter  and  wheelchairs  were  gifts);  but  it  must  make  up  the  dif- 
ference through  special  events.  At  least  twelve  major  events  are  held  every  year,  and 
they  include  some  lively,  crowd-pleasing  activities:  Scottish  Heritage  Day,  with  High- 
land dancing  and  a  haggis-hurling  competition;  a  Blue  Grass  Afternoon;  the  Crafts 

Visitors  learn  about  farm  animals. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

82 


Tour;  the  County  Fair;  the  Clown  and  Puppet  Show;  a  Halloween  Carnival  and  a 
Mule  Festival. 

One  of  the  most  popular  special  events,  however,  makes  no  money  for  the  mu- 
seum. There  is  no  charge  for  the  Very  Special  Arts  Festival,  an  event  that  drew  more 
than  7,000  disabled  children  in  1991.  With  9,000  children  expected  to  attend  in  1992, 
the  festival  has  been  expanded  to  two  days.  This  is  a  statewide  festival  coordinated 
by  the  Special  Education  Department  of  Mississippi  State  University  at  Starkville. 
The  department  head,  Dr.  Georgia  Turnipseed,  plans  the  special  exhibits.  For  this 
special  event,  Dr.  Turnipseed  has  assistance  not  only  from  her  department's  future 
teachers  but  also  from  a  variety  of  groups  from  Jackson:  Senior  Scouts,  ROTC  mem- 
bers, and  service  clubs.  Local  college  sorority  and  fraternity  members  assist  in 
preparing  exhibits  and  activities  as  well  as  stand  bv  to  help  make  the  tour  enjoyable 
for  the  children. 

Unlike  most  museums,  this  one  does  not  need  a  lot  of  docents.  The  exhibits  do 
not  require  explanation.  Most  older  individuals  prefer  to  go  through  at  their  own 
pace.  "They  don't  need  someone  telling  them  how  it  used  to  be,"  says  Margie 
FitzGerald,  "because  they  know."  Groups  from  nearby  institutions — hearing-im- 
paired, visually  impaired,  or  learning-impaired  people — nearly  always  have  several 
counselors  or  teachers  accompanying  them. 

When  a  group  does  require  a  docent,  though,  one  is  available.  Groups  call  in  ad- 
vance to  make  reservations,  and  they  can  put  in  their  request  for  a  guide  at  that  time. 
When  large  groups  of  children  come  through,  the  museum  will  know  in  advance  and 
have  a  number  of  docents  on  hand.  If  a  group  or  individual  needs  a  sign-language 
interpreter,  the  nearby  School  for  the  Deaf  provides  one. 

A  visit  to  the  museum  seems  to  be  a  happy  experience  for  young  and  old.  Margie 
FitzGerald  tells  a  story  that  illustrates  the  point  very  well:  "A  group  of  children 
around  eight  years  old  had  been  visiting  the  farm  and  were  getting  ready  to  leave. 
'Come  on,  honey,'  I  said  to  one  girl.  'We've  got  to  hurry.  They're  going  to  leave  you 
here.'  "Oh,'  she  answered  happily,  'I  hope  they  do." 


JIM    BUCK    ROSS    MISSISSIPPI    AGRICULTURE    AND    FORESTRY 
NATIONAL    AGRICULTURAL   AND    AVIATION    MUSEUM 


83 


<\   '<    ■  v        / 

>p  . ,  '■■■  ■' 


1   ••> 


■ ». 


*■'.« 


* .  $■ 


The  Oakland  Museum 

Oakland,  California 


nee  a  month  two  docents,  Bea  Heggie  and 
Lolly  Todd,  lead  a  group  of  hearing-impaired  and  hearing  visitors  on  a  Total  Com- 
munication Tour  of  the  Oakland  Museum's  most  recent  exhibition.  The  term  "to- 
tal communication,,  means  that  the  guides  speak  and  sign  at  the  same  time. 

That  is  unusual  in  itself,  but  what  is  more  unusual  is  the  fact  that  the  two  do- 
cents have  been  doing  these  tours — which  involve  hours  of  research  and  painstak- 
ing preparation — virtually  without  interruption  since  the  mid-1970s. 

The  Oakland  Museum  has  an  accessible  building  and  a  number  of  programs  for 
disabled  persons,  but  it  is  proudest  of  the  work  it  does  with  hearing-impaired  visi- 
tors. Of  the  several  innovative  programs  in  place  for  that  population,  none  is  quite 
as  original  as  the  Total  Communication  Tour.  And  none  reveals  quite  so  clearly  how 
much  difference  a  few  dedicated  docents  can  make  in  helping  a  museum  reach  a  por- 
tion of  the  disabled  population. 

The  program  began  in  1973  when  the  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco  started 
classes  in  sign  language  and  sent  a  flyer  to  other  Bay  area  museums  inviting  inter- 
ested docents  to  join  them.  A  dozen  Oakland  Museum  docents  signed  up,  and  others 
joined  the  classes  in  subsequent  years. 

"Learning  sign  language  is  like  studying  any  foreign  language,  and  mastery  does 
not  come  easily,"  says  Education  Coordinator  Janet  Hatano.  The  museum  required 
that  the  docents  reach  a  high  level  of  proficiency  before  leading  tours.  "We  had  a 
committee  of  deaf  people  who  did  the  final  evaluation,  to  determine  whether  these 
people  were  fluent  enough  to  give  tours.  Some  were  and  some  weren't.  Our  commit- 
tee was  very  candid." 

"Sign  is  very  interesting  in  that  it  is  much  easier  to  do  than  to  read,"  says  Hatano. 

The  fish  pond  features  a  lucite  sculpture  by  Bruce  Beasley. 

THE    OAKLAND    MUSEUM 
85 


uSome  docents  thought  they  were  doing  it  correctly,  but  it  was  difficult  for  the  deaf 
people  to  understand  them." 

Those  who  eventually  became  proficient  in  sign  went  on  for  more  intensive  train- 
ing at  the  California  School  for  the  Deaf  and  other  schools  in  the  area.  And  all  of  this 
training,  at  least  in  the  beginning,  was  paid  for  by  the  docents  themselves. 

A  handful  of  docents  survived  this  rigorous  training  and  went  on  to  give  tours, 
but  over  the  years  most  dropped  out.  "They  moved  away  or  took  jobs,"  says  Heg- 
gie.  "I'm  the  only  one  left  from  the  original  group.  Lolly  came  in  a  couple  of  years 
later  with  another  big  class,  and  they've  all  dwindled  away.  Now  it's  just  down  to  the 
two  of  us." 

Two,  however,  is  all  it  takes  to  make  a  difference. 

Heggie  and  Todd  give  tours  of  the  special  exhibits  so  that  hearing-impaired  per- 
sons have  access  to  them  as  well  as  the  permanent  exhibits.  Heggie  has  said  that  "the 
work  takes  a  great  deal  of  time,  a  great  deal  of  commitment,"  a  remark  which  un- 
derstates the  case.  Each  month  they  go  through  the  same  discipline:  "First  we  do  a 
walk-through  of  the  exhibition  with  the  curator,"  says  Heggie. 

"Then  we  do  our  research  and  write  our  scripts  for  the  tour.  We  sign  these  for  the 
teacher,  Betty  Ann  Prinz,  a  deaf  person  who  teaches  in  college.  She  looks  at  the  work 
for  signing,  not  content.  Then  the  curator  looks  at  the  script  for  accuracy."  And  such 
perfectionists  are  they  that,  after  all  these  years,  they  still  feel  better  if  they  practice 
before  giving  the  tour. 

The  tour  itself  is  not  in  American  Sign  Language  (asl  )  but  in  Signed  Exact  Eng- 
lish. As  Janet  Hatano  explains,  "You  can't  talk  while  you're  signing  ASL,  because 
it's  two  different  languages.  In  asl  the  grammar  is  different  from  English.  So,  there 
is  another  signed  language  called  Signed  Exact  English.  A  number  of  deaf  people 
grew  up  learning  it.  It  uses  a  lot  of  asl  signs,  and  Bea  and  Lolly  incorporate  those 
signs  into  their  presentation." 

The  Total  Communication  Tours  fill  a  real  niche  in  programming  for  hearing- 
impaired  people.  Because  these  tours  involve  both  speaking  and  signing,  they  appeal 
to  people  who  are  becoming  hearing-impaired  and  are  learning  sign  language.  "They 
want  to  communicate  and  want  to  learn  the  language;  they  want  to  join  in  and  be 
part  of  a  group,"  says  Heggie.  It's  also  the  kind  of  tour  that  can  be  enjoyed  by  a  hear- 
ing-impaired person  and  a  hearing  spouse. 

The  two  docents  have  developed  a  loyal  following.  "Most  of  these  people  never 
had  any  art  education,  and  it's  interesting  to  see  how  over  the  years  they  have  be- 
come interested  in  art  and  museum  exhibitions,"  says  Heggie.  "In  fact,  recently  one 


Docent  Bea  Heggie  leads  a  Total  Communication  Tour. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

86 


THE    OAKLAND    MUSEUM 


8? 


The  Gallery  of  California  Art 

of  the  group  didn't  like  the  way  we  were  explaining  something,  so  he  turned  around 
and  explained  it  himself.  And  I  thought,  'Well,  we've  come  a  long  way." 

The  work  Heggie  and  Todd  do  poses  some  questions:  Why  do  some  docents  give 
so  much  time  and  energy?  What  gets  them  going?  What  keeps  them  going?  "It's  the 
challenge,"  Heggie  says.  "I  had  a  deaf  friend,  so  I  was  interested.  And  then  the  flyer 
came  around  announcing  classes  in  sign,  so  there  was  the  challenge.  And  I  thought, 
'Well,  why  not?'  So,  I  did."  She  stays  because  the  work  is  "stimulating"  and  because 
"there  is  such  good  camaraderie  with  the  group." 

Janet  Hatano,  who  is  in  charge  of  training  for  the  museum's  320  active  docents, 
agrees.  "People  become  docents  because  they  want  to  learn  something  new,  and  they 
want  to  serve  in  some  way.  But  the  friendships  and  the  special  bonds  that  are  formed 
keep  them  going."  Hatano  also  believes  that  the  more  difficult  and  challenging  a  pro- 
gram is,  the  deeper  the  bonds  are. 

Another  program  for  hearing-impaired  visitors  was  an  outgrowth  of  a  1986  spe- 
cial exhibition  of  the  work  of  Granville  Redmond,  a  hearing-impaired  landscape 
artist  and  graduate  of  the  California  School  for  the  Deaf.  "During  the  exhibition 
we  did  a  lot  of  work  with  the  California  School  for  the  Deaf  and  with  local  orga- 
nizations for  the  deaf,  and  we  held  a  symposium  and  an  all-day  festival,"  says 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 


88 


Hatano.  "Because  of  that,  interest  in  the  hearing-impaired  community  grew;  and 
three  people,  all  hearing-impaired,  expressed  interest  in  participating  in  our  do- 
cent  program." 

Bringing  them  on  board  as  docents,  however,  was  not  an  easy  matter,  since  all 
had  to  go  through  the  standard  year  of  docent  training — and  to  do  so,  they  needed 
professional  sign  interpreters  during  the  training  sessions.  Eventually,  the  museum 
got  funding  from  the  California  Arts  Council  to  provide  interpretation  for  them.  All 
three  —  Stan  and  Marie  Smith  and  Igor  Kolombatovic — have  graduated  and  now 
conduct  tours  in  American  Sign  Language.  "We  have  funding  so  that  they  can  con- 
tinue their  full  participation  in  the  docent  program  and  attend  advanced  training 
sessions,"  says  Hatano.  "It's  worked  out  very  well. 

"It  was  terrific  having  them  in  the  docent  class,"  she  says.  "Sign  language  is  a 
very  expressive  language,  and  I  think  the  hearing  docents  really  learned  from  them 
how  to  be  more  expressive  and  use  gesture  in  interpreting  a  painting.  I  think  they 
made  real  contributions  to  that  class." 

During  the  three  months  of  the  Granville  Redmond  exhibit,  the  museum  featured 
opportunities  for  hearing-impaired  students  to  work  with  hearing-impaired  artists 
as  well  as  tour  the  exhibition.  The  program  was  so  successful  that  a  version  of  it  has 
been  added  as  a  regular  museum  offering. 

At  the  exhibition,  Igor  Kolombatovic,  a  retired  artist  formerly  with  Chevron, 
helped  the  students  understand  a  little  more  about  art  and  work  on  their  own  art 
projects.  "He's  magic  with  children;  he  establishes  rapport  with  them  very  quickly," 
says  Hatano,  "and  of  course  he  is  a  good  role  model  as  well.  He  would  talk  to  them 
about  what  it  was  like  to  be  an  artist. 

"He  showed  them  his  own  work,  which  is  very  different  from  Redmonds'  work. 
Redmonds  is  a  tonalist  and  is  also  influenced  by  the  Impressionists.  Igor's  work  is 
loud  and  exciting,  so  there  was  a  real  color  contrast  and  subject-matter  contrast  as 
well.  So  the  students  were  able  to  see  a  variety  of  work  by  deaf  artists.  Then  they  did 
a  painting,  usually  a  landscape,  of  their  own. 

"Now  we  offer  this  program  regularly,  but  it  is  not  connected  to  special  exhibi- 
tions. At  least  twice  a  year  we  will  bring  back  Igor  to  work  with  deaf  students.  When 
he  does  that,  he  is  not  a  volunteer  docent  but  a  paid  museum  teacher.  Then  we  also 
work  with  some  other  deaf  artists  in  the  area  in  that  same  format. 

"We  will  probably  never  do  all  the  things  we'd  like  to  do,"  says  Hatano,  "but  over 
the  years,  we  feel  we  have  strengthened  and  expanded  our  programs  for  deaf  visi- 
tors. By  continuing  to  involve  deaf  people  in  planning,  implementing,  and  evaluat- 
ing our  programs,  we  hope  to  continually  improve  them." 


THE    OAKLAND    MUSEUM 
89 


Winterthur  Museum,  Garden,  and  Library 


WINTERTHUR,    DELAWARE 


chieving  true  accessibility,  especially 
in  a  historic  setting,  is  likely  to  be  especially  difficult  and  may  result  in  small  victo- 
ries. No  place  better  illustrates  the  difficulties  of  achieving  accessibility — even  with 
the  right  philosophy  and  the  right  person  in  place — than  the  Winterthur  Museum, 
Garden,  and  Library,  located  near  Wilmington,  Delaware. 

Winterthur,  the  country  estate  of  three  generations  of  DuPonts,  is  located  in  the 
midst  of  900  acres  of  rolling  woodlands,  meadows,  and  streams  in  the  Brandywine 
Valley.  The  original  twelve-room  house,  designed  in  the  Greek  Revival  style,  was 
built  in  1839,  but  changes  and  additions  have  engulfed  most  of  the  original  struc- 
ture, though  portions  of  the  original  interior  architecture  may  still  be  seen. 

Henry  Francis  DuPont,  who  was  born  in  Winterthur  in  1880  and  always  loved 
the  place,  transformed  it  during  his  lifetime  from  a  private  estate  to  a  public  mu- 
seum. A  lover  of  horticulture,  he  also  oversaw  the  extensive  landscaping,  which  com- 
bines natural  landscapes  with  a  garden  of  spectacular  beauty. 

In  1931  he  added  an  extensive  wing  to  the  house  to  display  his  collections  of  Amer- 
ican antiquities  and  decorative  arts.  To  create  appropriate  period  settings  for  his  fur- 
niture and  accessories,  he  purchased  interior  architectural  elements  from  buildings 
along  the  Eastern  seaboard.  The  89,000  objects,  representing  the  very  best  in  Amer- 
ican craftsmanship,  are  displayed  in  196  room  settings,  which  reflect  life  in  early 
America  from  1640  to  i860.  The  museum  and  garden  have  been  open  to  the  public 
since  1951. 

The  challenges  (associate  curator  of  education  Valerie  Coons  does  not  speak  of 

"problems,"  only  of  "challenges  )  to  making  all  of  this  accessible  are  tremendous: 

Miles  of  paths  wander  through  the  woods  and  garden,  often  up  steep  hills.  Virtually 


A   visitor  on  a  "touch  tour'''  handles  a  silver  tankard  made  by  Paul  Revere. 


90 


I 


I  * 


>- 


</ 


everything  is  historic:  the  interior  architecture,  the  furnishings;  even  such  outdoor 
settings  as  the  reflecting  pool  have  architectural  and  historical  significance. 

A  visit  there  may  be,  at  first,  discouraging  to  one  looking  primarily  for  accessi- 
bility. A  wheelchair  user  who  is  dropped  at  the  entrance  to  the  visitors'  pavilion  must 
travel  about  twenty  yards  to  find  a  curb  cut.  In  the  cafeteria  and  shops,  high  coun- 
ters and  narrow  aisles  can  create  difficulties  for  wheelchair  users.  Yet,  the  shuttle  bus 
that  runs  every  ten  minutes  from  the  visitors'  pavilion  to  the  museum  is  equipped  to 
take  a  wheelchair.  There  is  accessible  parking  near  the  museum.  However,  the  trails 
through  the  garden  are  sometimes  steep,  including  the  trail  designated  as  a  wheel- 
chair-accessible route.  In  the  museum,  some  steps  are  too  steep  to  be  ramped,  and 
almost  everywhere  the  light  levels  are  kept  low  to  protect  sensitive  objects. 

And  yet,  one  gets  a  sense  that  changes  are  taking  place  at  Winterthur.  As  recently 
as  the  early  1980s  the  museum  still  thought  of  disabled  persons  as  separate,  sched- 
uling both  "blind  tours"  and  "wheelchair  tours."  Valerie  Coons,  who  was  a  full-time 
staff  member  who  spent  "about  seventy-five  percent"  of  her  time  on  accessibility  is- 
sues, articulates  a  new  approach:  "Our  accessibility  philosophy  is  based  on  integrated 
programming.  In  other  words,  we  avoid  'special'  or  separate  programs  for  people 
with  disabilities  and  do  our  best  to  enable  disabled  and  nondisabled  visitors  to  par- 
ticipate equally  in  the  same  programs." 

Integrated  programming  is  a  major  goal — perhaps  the  key  goal  for  true  accessi- 
bility. It  has  largely  been  accomplished  at  Winterthur.  There  are  still  rough  spots  with 
room  for  refinements,  but  the  direction  is  clear.  To  take  a  close  look  at  what  is  hap- 
pening at  Winterthur  is  to  appreciate  how  far  resourcefulness  can  go  in  meeting  the 
challenges  inherent  in  making  historic  homes  accessible. 

Visitors  who  use  wheelchairs  now  have  access  to  about  ninety  percent  of  the 
rooms.  As  to  the  nineteen  or  so  rooms  that  they  may  miss,  in  many  cases  they  can 
see  similar  items  in  accessible  rooms;  for  the  exceptions,  photographs  are  often 
available. 

The  tours  may  involve  minor  inconvenience.  In  some  rooms,  space  is  so  tight  that 
the  wheelchair  user  must  back  out  the  same  way  she  came  in.  Routing  can  be  cir- 
cuitous. When  a  tour  with  a  wheelchair  user  goes  to  a  different  floor,  the  whole  group 
backtracks  to  an  elevator — the  museum  has  four,  and  three  accommodate  wheel- 
chairs. Considering  the  collection  that  may  be  viewed,  however,  the  inconvenience 
is  undoubtedly  worth  the  trouble. 

To  compensate  for  the  low  lighting,  which  can  be  especially  bothersome  for  vi- 
sually impaired  visitors,  some  rooms  contain  high-contrast  black-and-white  pho- 


Winterthur's  original  Creek- Revival  style  building. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
92 


WINTERTHUR    MUSEUM,    GARDEN,    AND    LIBRARY 


93 


Winterthur  is  located  on  gcc  acres  in  the  Brandywine  Valley. 

tographs.  These  photographs  help  clarify  objects  that  cannot  be  seen  clearly.  The 
museum  guides  are  also  helpful.  "They  are  trained,"  says  Valerie  Coons,  "to  give  an 
overview  of  a  room,  to  orient  a  visually  impaired  person  to  let  him  know  where  he 
is  within  the  setting,  to  go  from  the  larger  picture  to  the  details,  selecting  words  that 
are  concrete  and  relating  descriptions  to  things  that  are  familiar  in  size  and  in  a  per- 
son's daily  life." 

A  large-print  booklet  on  Winterthur 's  popular  Two  Centuries  Tour  is  free.  It  can 
enhance  the  tour  for  visually  impaired  persons  and,  in  fact,  it  is  helpful  for  anyone 
who  browses  through  it  in  advance. 

On  touch  tours  those  who  are  blind  or  visually  impaired  may  handle  selected  mu- 
seum artifacts  with  supervision  by  the  trained  staff.  The  objects  are  selected  for  their 
lactile  interest,  historical  or  aesthetic  significance,  and  educational  value.  Touchable 
objects  include  a  Philadelphia  Chippendale  high  chest,  a  silver  tankard  made  by  Paul 


T H  E    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

94 


Revere,  and  a  Chinese  porcelain  soup  tureen  in  the  shape  of  a  duck.  In  addition,  the 
Touch-It  Room,  used  regularly  for  school  and  family  programs,  offers  interesting 
tactile  objects,  such  as  a  pewter  spoon  and  its  spoon  mold  and  table  legs  turned  with 
the  spools  and  knobs  common  in  the  early  eighteenth  century. 

Hearing-impaired  visitors  who  make  advance  requests  may  have  a  certified  sign- 
language  interpreter  accompany  them  on  house  or  garden  tours.  The  museum  guide 
then  presents  the  "regular*"  tour  to  a  group  that  includes  both  hearing  and  hearing- 
impaired  visitors.  (The  interpreter  is  hired  especially  for  the  occasion,  and  funding 
comes  from  the  education  division's  $5,000  budget  for  such  accessibility  costs.) 

Guides  receive  special  training  to  work  with  sign-language  interpreters.  "It's 
mostly  a  matter  of  giving  them  guidelines  about  such  matters  as  where  to  position 
themselves  in  relation  to  the  interpreter  and  the  hearing-impaired  guest,"  says  Coons. 
"Guides  also  must  know  how  to  pace  themselves;  they  must  allow  the  visitor  time  to 
look  because  a  person  who  is  watching  a  sign-language  interpreter  hasn't  had  time 
to  see  the  objects  in  the  room." 

For  a  visitor  with  a  learning  or  mental  disability,  the  museum  guide  again  adapts 
the  tour  according  to  the  visitor's  needs  as  she  has  been  trained  to  do. 

The  guides,  in  fact,  are  one  of  the  reasons  that  accessibility  works  at  Winterthur. 
There  are  about  ninety  paid,  part-time  guides,  and  they  have  been  thoroughly 
trained,  not  just  in  American  decorative  arts  but  in  accessibility  issues.  Coons,  who 
does  accessibility  training,  says,  "When  we  hire  a  new  class  of  museum  guides,  their 
initial  two -week  training  program  has  an  accessibility  component.  This  includes  a 
general  workshop  where  we  discuss  the  philosophy  behind  integrated  programming 
and  try  to  increase  general  awareness  of  accessibility  issues.  We  follow  this  with  a 
walk-through  of  the  tour  for  which  they  are  training,  where  we  get  down  to  more 
practical  matters — how  to  adjust  for  the  lower  light  levels,  how  to  develop  verbal 
descriptive  skills  for  visually  impaired  persons,  how  to  work  with  a  sign-language 
interpreter,  how  to  adapt  the  tour  content  for  visitors  with  cognitive  disabilities  — 
the  real  nitty-gritty. 

"After  several  months,  the  guides  will  be  trained  for  another  tour,  and  again, 
there  is  an  accessibility  component  to  the  training.  We  build  on  the  general  infor- 
mation they  already  have  and  apply  it  to  the  particular  tour  situation.  It's  not  like 
having  a  training  program  every  two  months — it's  not  that  regular — but  it  is  con- 


tinuous." 


The  guides  also  have  access  to  excellent  materials  on  disabilities  and  ways  to  as- 
sist disabled  persons.  Coons  has  gathered  some  of  the  best  articles  in  the  field  and 
placed  them  in  a  three-ring  binder  as  part  of  a  continuing  self-education  program 
that  guides  are  expected  to  participate  in. 


WINTERTHUR    MUSEUM,    GARDEN,    AND    LIBRARY 


95 


Although  most  of  the  paths  through  the  gardens  are  paved  and  wide,  visitors  in 
wheelchairs  might  find  some  of  them  too  steep  to  tackle  independently.  Tram  tours 
through  the  gardens,  however,  are  available  from  April  through  October,  and  one 
tram  is  equipped  with  a  ramp  and  can  accommodate  two  visitors  in  wheelchairs. 
Garden  guides  are  also  prepared  to  provide  detailed  verbal  descriptions  for  visitors 
who  are  blind  or  visually  impaired. 

To  help  her  "chip  away"  at  the  challenges  that  Winterthur  still  poses,  Coons  gath- 
ered together  an  advisory  committee  of  ten  people,  seven  of  whom  have  disabilities. 
The  committee  helps  put  the  museum  in  touch  with  groups  of  disabled  persons.  One 
advisor,  for  example,  has  been  instrumental  in  getting  members  of  the  Delaware  As- 
sociation for  the  Blind  to  visit  Winterthur.  Another  has  helped  open  up  opportuni- 
ties to  publish  articles  in  a  local  newspaper  that  is  geared  toward  access.  Coons  also 
feels  that  the  advisory  group  strengthens  her  position:  "Fm  sure  this  is  true  at  most 
institutions — recommendations  from  expert  outsiders  sometimes  carry  more  weight 
than  the  same  recommendations  from  staff.  So,  I  feel  I  have  a  little  more  leverage 
when  I  have  an  advisory  group  behind  me." 

Winterthur  recently  completed  construction  of  a  new  building  with  galleries  for 
permanent  and  changing  exhibitions  that  opened  to  the  public  in  1992.  Coons  was 
particularly  pleased  with  the  opportunity  this  gave  her  to  "get  in  on  the  ground  floor" 
and  make  accessibility  a  routine  part  of  planning. 

She  has  had  some  victories:  there  will  be  enough  floor  space  around  displays  to 
accommodate  wheelchair  users,  exhibits  will  be  mounted  so  that  they  are  visible  from 
wheelchairs,  and  the  exhibit  will  include  tactile  components.  On  her  advisory  com- 
mittee is  an  architectural  accessibility  specialist  who  helps  her  red-flag  items  that  do 
not  meet  accessibility  codes.  But  there  are  some  disappointments,  too.  "I'd  love  to 
have  the  feeling  that  among  my  co-workers  there  is  100  percent  support  for  accessi- 
bility in  practice  as  well  as  in  theory,"  she  says,  "but  that's  a  little  unrealistic.  It 
doesn't  always  click  that  the  issue  is  looking  at  the  audience  as  a  whole  and  think- 
ing of  accessibility  in  integrated  terms.  But  then,"  she  acknowledges,  "changing  at- 
titudes is  a  long-term  process." 

It  is  a  process,  though,  that  seems  well  underway  at  Winterthur. 


Winterthur  was  home  to  three  generations  of  DuPonts. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
96 


WINTERTHUR    MUSEUM,    GARDEN,    AND    LIBRARY 


97 


PART      THREE 


The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art 

New  York,  New  York 


f  museums  had  epithets  in  the  manner  of 
medieval  kings,  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art's  might  be  The  Great.  Unsurpassed 
in  the  excellence  and  scope  of  its  collection,  the  scale  of  its  building,  or  the  size  of  its 
operating  budget  ($76  million),  this  most  famous  of  American  museums  tradition- 
ally does  things  on  a  grand  scale. 

Certainly  this  is  true  of  its  services  for  disabled  visitors.  An  extensive  program 
covers  everything — touch  tours  for  visually  impaired  persons,  tours  with  sign-lan- 
guage interpreters  for  hearing-impaired  visitors,  auditoriums  equipped  with  infrared 
sound-enhancement  systems,  scripts  of  recorded  tours  for  special  exhibitions,  guided 
tours  for  special  education  classes,  workshops  for  special  education  teachers,  large- 
print  brochures.  The  list  continues. 

Instead  of  a  superficial  look  at  everything,  however,  this  chapter  focuses  on  two 
first-rate  ideas  implemented  by  the  museum.  Both  are  unique,  and  both  could  eas- 
ily be  replicated  and  adapted  to  fit  the  needs  of  smaller  museums.  The  first  is  a  small- 
scale  program  that  was  created  for  an  underserved  audience — families  with  devel- 
opmentally  disabled  members.  The  second  is  an  in-house  accessibility  committee 
that  is  structured  so  that  it  can  identify  problems  and  solve  them  with  a  minimum 
of  delay  and  red  tape. 

"Discoveries,"  is  the  aptly  named  program  that  provides  developmentally  dis- 
abled persons  a  point  of  entry  into  the  world  of  art.  Given  on  Sundays  throughout 
the  school  year,  the  two-hour  workshops  are  built  around  such  themes  as  "Tombs, 
Temples,  and  Treasures,"  and  "Arms  and  Armor."  Another  program,  "Make  Your- 
self at  Home"  provides  an  inside  look  at  lifestyles  of  long  ago  through  exploration  of 
period  rooms. 

For  special  exhibitions,  the  Met  evaluates  the  needs  of  disabled  visitors. 

THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM  OF  ART 
IOI 


Parents  learn  about  these  workshops  through  yearly  brochures  that  the  museum 
produces  and  through  the  networking  that  occurs  among  parents  of  handicapped 
youngsters. 

From  three  to  five  families  are  scheduled  for  each  workshop,  which  includes  a 
guided  gallery  tour,  a  refreshment  break,  and  an  art  activity  related  to  the  theme. 
Upon  arrival  at  the  museum,  the  families  are  greeted,  taken  to  a  classroom,  and  given 
a  brief  introduction  to  the  theme.  The  families  are  then  divided  into  groups  and  given 
the  gallery  portion  of  the  program  either  by  the  program  coordinator,  a  program  as- 
sistant, or  a  volunteer. 

These  are  not  your  standard  guided  tours,  where  guides  offer  information  about 
art  objects.  The  guides  try  to  get  the  children  to  talk  by  asking  them  questions  about 
what  they  see.  "We  show  a  picture  and  ask  them  what  they  think  it  is,"  says  Clau- 
dia Hanlon,  the  museum's  former  coordinator  for  Disabled  Visitor  Services.  "Maybe 
we  will  talk  about  the  shapes  or  colors — anything  that  will  make  them  feel  they  can 
answer  correctly  or  will  get  them  to  look  more  closely  at  the  object." 

Even  with  nonverbal  children,  the  point  is  to  get  them  involved:  The  guide  may 
show  pictures  and  ask  the  children  to  look  for  something  similar  in  a  painting,  or 
she  may  get  them  to  make  associations:  "What  else  is  red?  What  else  is  round?" 
"Sometimes  they  just  nod  or  point,"  says  program  assistant  Deborah  Jaffe,  "but  you 
know  you've  been  understood,  and  they  definitely  do  respond  to  art." 

Jaffe  says  that  tours  of  the  period  rooms  work  especially  well  because  "the  chil- 
dren actually  enter  them — it's  not  like  looking  at  paintings  on  a  wall.  And  it's  some- 
thing they  can  identify  with  because  they  have  rooms,  they  have  beds;  they  can  com- 
pare what  they  see  to  their  rooms,  their  beds.  It's  something  that  is  familiar  to  a  lot 
of  people." 

"We  have  some  pretty  amazing  things  here,"  says  Hanlon,  "and  sometimes  you 
can  see  their  eyes  get  wider  and  their  expressions  change,  and  they  say,  'Wow!  This 
could  be  a  room  from  a  king's  palace!'  You  can  see  that  it  has  an  impact  on  them." 

The  program  also  has  an  impact  on  the  families.  "A  lot  of  these  families  would 
never  think  of  coming  to  the  museum  with  a  kid  with  a  severe  developmental  dis- 
ability because  they  feel  that  everybody  would  be  looking  at  them,"  says  Hanlon. 
"But  because  of  this  program,  they  know  the  other  families  are  the  same,  and  they 
feel  much  more  relaxed  about  it.  Sometimes  they  just  need  to  know  that  they  can 
handle  the  experience." 

Sometimes  families  discover  that  the  museum  can  be  an  educational  and  recre- 
ational resource  for  them.  "I  never  knew  I  could  come  here  before,"  said  one  boy 

Tours  for  families  with  disabled  children  include  art  activities. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
102 


THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM  OF  ART 
I03 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
104 


who  uses  a  wheelchair  after  his  first  workshop.  Neither  he  nor  his  family  knew  the 
museum  was  wheelchair-accessible. 

""Often  we  get  families  who  have  never  been  here  before,"  says  Jaffe.  "To  get  to 
the  American  wing,  we  have  to  walk  through  the  Greek  and  Roman  sculpture,  and 
they  are  just  wowed  as  we  go  through.  I  often  say,  'There  is  a  lot  of  art  in  this  mu- 
seum and  we  aren't  going  to  stop  and  talk  about  all  of  it,  but  you  can  come  back 
any  time  you  want  to.'  At  the  end  we  give  them  family  passes  so  that  they  can  come 
back  free." 

To  encourage  families  to  continue  to  the  museum  on  their  own,  a  brochure/poster, 
"Five  Great  Ways  to  Explore  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,"  describes  self-guided 
tours  built  around  such  themes  as  animals,  rooms,  patterns,  and  seasons. 

Back  in  the  classroom  where  the  children  work  on  their  art  projects,  "there  is  a 
lot  of  interaction  among  the  kids  and  among  their  parents,"  says  Hanlon.  "On  a 
number  of  occasions  the  parents  have  hooked  up  with  each  other  and  have  helped 
each  other  with  such  matters  as  finding  programs  for  their  kids.  That's  a  real  bonus 
for  the  families — they  get  to  meet  people  who  are  going  through  the  same  thing  they 
are  going  through." 

To  work  well,  the  program  needs  several  staff  people  or  trained  docents  for  each 
workshop.  For  docents,  Hanlon  looks  for  "people  who  have  a  good  attitude  about 
working  with  disabled  individuals.  We  like  them  to  have  some  kind  of  experience, 
but  even  if  they  don't,  as  long  as  they  feel  positive  about  people  with  disabilities  and 
don't  view  them  as  inferior — that's  what  we're  looking  for." 

The  training  consists  of  talks  from  specialists  on  disabilities,  some  good  video 
tapes,  and  "a  lot  of  practice  in  the  galleries  trying  different  approaches,"  says  Han- 
lon. "There's  no  magical  formula  for  teaching  developmentally  disabled  children.  A 
lot  of  it  is  just  being  responsive  to  the  audience,  getting  a  sense  of  what  the  interest 
level  is,  what  the  ability  is,  and  then  just  focusing  on  the  ability.  I  think  that's  the 
bottom  line  in  all  the  training  that  we  do.  It's  good  to  know  what  the  disability  of  a 
person  is,  but  then  you  really  need  to  focus  on  the  ability." 

The  program  began  in  1985  with  some  pilot  workshops.  In  1987  it  received  fund- 
ing from  the  New  York  State  Office  of  Mental  Retardation  and  Developmental  Dis- 
abilities. It  has  also  been  supported  by  such  private  foundations  as  the  Stella  and 
Charles  Guttman  Foundation,  Philip  Morris  Companies,  Inc.,  and  the  Gannett  Cor- 
poration. The  cost  of  the  fifty  workshops  in  1987  was  $37,360,  which  included  salaries 
for  a  part-time  program  coordinator  and  two  part-time  program  assistants,  as  well 
as  administrative  expenses,  publications,  art  supplies,  and  refreshments.  Support 

A  "Discoveries" program  assistant  helps  a  disabled  visitor  make  a  musical  instrument. 

THE    METROPOLITAN    MUSEUM    OF    ART 
105 


from  the  museum  and  the  foundations  is  steady,  but  the  state  has  cut  back  its  fund- 
ing and  the  number  of  workshops  has  been  reduced  to  twenty-four  a  year. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art's  idea  of  using  a  committee  to  improve  acces- 
sibility is  not  new.  Many  other  museums  use  advisory  committees  composed  primarily 
of  representatives  from  organizations  for  disabled  persons.  These  committees  eval- 
uate accessibility  and  offer  suggestions  for  improvement — a  system  that  has  worked 
well  at  such  places  as  the  Winterthur  Museum,  and  the  Aquarium  of  the  Americas 
(see  these  chapters  in  this  book).  The  Metropolitan  Museum's  committee  differs  in 
that  it  is  composed  of  highly  placed  staff  members  and  is  designed  for  swift,  coor- 
dinated action  on  accessibility  matters. 

The  membership  of  the  committee  accounts  in  part  for  its  effectiveness.  "It's 
broadly  representative,"  says  its  chair,  Linden  Wise,  who  is  also  the  museum's  sec- 
retary and  counsel.  "We  have  someone  who  is  knowledgeable  and  can  take  action  in 
all  the  areas  that  come  into  play  when  one  is  offering  accessibility.  We  have  some- 
one in  the  operations  and  building  area,  who  focuses  on  issues  of  architecture-  the 
coordinator  for  disabled  visitor  services;  a  designer,  who  gets  into  such  issues  as  the 
legibility  of  labels;  a  representative  of  the  development  office,  who  helps  us  raise 
funds  for  programs  geared  toward  disabled  visitors;  the  manager  of  public  informa- 
tion, because  getting  out  information  is  so  important;  a  curator;  and  the  head  of  the 
education  department;  and  the  head  of  human  resources.  The  intent  is  to  bring  all 
the  museum's  resources  to  bear  on  accessibility." 

The  great  advantage  of  such  a  committee  is  that  it  can  anticipate  problems  and 
deal  with  them.  "It's  a  natural  trouble-shooter,"  says  Wise.  "It  brings  together  all  of 
these  people  into  one  room  so  that  we  don't  have  to  attenuate  the  decision-making 
process  by  sending  memos  around  and  waiting  for  responses  and  having  a  chain  of 
phone  calls.  They're  all  right  there,  and  they  are  senior  enough  in  their  areas  so  that 
they  generally  can  make  decisions  on  their  own." 

When  a  special  exhibition  is  scheduled,  the  committee  makes  sure  the  needs  of 
disabled  visitors  are  met.  "We  go  over  every  component  of  the  exhibit,"  says  Wise 
"from  Acoustiguides,  which,  of  course,  can't  be  heard  by  deaf  visitors  so  we  make 
sure  there  is  a  script  that  they  can  read,  to  publicity,  to  the  route  that  wheelchair- 
bound  visitors  will  take,  to  concerns  about  the  traffic  of  large  crowds,  to  being  sure 
the  labels  are  big  enough  that  they  can  be  seen  and  that  the  educational  material  in- 
cludes large-type  versions." 

The  committee  has  also  initiated  a  project  with  support  from  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts  that  will  make  a  major  contribution  to  the  museum  field  — 
a  manual  of  standards  for  the  production  and  installation  of  labels  in  museums. 
"Labels  are  critically  important,"  says  Wise.  "They  are  the  museum's  way  of  com- 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

106 


Thefaga.de  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art. 

municating  information  about  works  of  art  to  its  visitors.  This  manual  will  provide 
standards  that  labels  should  adhere  to  with  respect  to  typeface,  type  size,  color  con- 
trast between  type  and  background,  lighting,  manner  of  installation,  and  the  ma- 
terial of  which  the  label  is  made.  The  aim  is  to  maximize  legibility  to  all  visitors, 
but  particularly  those  with  impaired  vision,  not  only  the  partially  sighted,  but  older 
persons.  It  will  guide  us  in  our  labelling  here  at  the  Met,  and  we  will  share  it  with 
the  museum  community. 

"That's  the  kind  of  thing  the  committee  does  best.  The  idea  and  the  commitment 
were  there,  but  the  committee  took  hold  of  it  and  pushed  it  forward." 


THE  METROPOLITAN  MUSEUM  OF  ART 
IO7 


Museum  of  Fine  Arts 

Boston,  Massachusetts 


hen  Jeanne  Neal  heard  her  friends  making 
plans  to  attend  the  Monet  exhibition  at  Boston's  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  she  didn't 
find  it  unusual  that  they  never  suggested  she  come  along.  In  fact,  Jeanne,  who  works 
just  down  the  street  from  the  museum  at  the  National  Braille  Press,  would  have 
found  it  strange  if  she  had  been  asked,  since  she  has  been  blind  for  more  than  thirty 
years.  However,  when  she  learned  that  the  museum  was  offering  a  special  intro- 
duction and  tour  for  visitors  who  were  blind  or  visually  impaired,  she  decided  to 
give  it  a  try. 

At  the  presentation  a  horticulturist  passed  around  examples  of  plants  as  he  talked 
about  Monet's  gardens  and  the  countryside  the  artist  loved  to  paint.  Next,  a  physi- 
cian discussed  Monet's  changing  vision  and  eventual  blindness  and  the  impact  this 
had  on  him  as  an  artist.  A  large-type  brochure  was  made  available  to  those  who 
wanted  it.  Finally,  Jeanne  and  the  rest  of  the  group  went  through  the  exhibit  while 
listening  to  a  taped  narration  on  cassette. 

Jeanne's  reaction  to  the  evening  is  best  summed  up  in  a  letter  she  sent  to  Eleanor 
Rubin,  the  museum's  coordinator  of  special  services: 

'"Fascinating'  is  too  mild  a  word!  .  .  .  those  talks  we  had  before  going  to  the  gal- 
leries truly  made  Monet  and  his  paintings  come  alive  for  me.  By  the  time  I  was  walk- 
ing about  with  that  excellent  cassette,  I  felt  as  though  I  could  actually  know  and  ex- 
perience each  work.  These  last  few  days  I've  been  on  a  sort  of  'high,'  and  everyone 
who  meets  me — in  the  store,  on  the  commuter  bus,  or  in  the  subway — is  entertained 
by  my  glowing  accounts  of  the  swaying,  vibrant  flowers  and  the  shivering  cathedral 
and  mists  over  the  water  as  portrayed  by  Monet.  I  just  can't  think  that  my  sighted 
friends  got  any  more  from  this  show  than  I  did — strange  as  that  may  sound.  .  .  .  I'm 

The  museum's  outreach  program  has  been  highly  successful. 


108 


I 


M 


looking  forward  to  getting  back  to  the  museum  before  too  many  more  moons  pass ! " 

This  program  on  Monet  illustrates  the  museum's  principle  that  art  is  for  every- 
one, regardless  of  age  or  disability.  Putting  this  principle  into  practice  isn't  easy,  nor 
as  Rubin  acknowledges,  can  it  be  done  alone.  Eleanor  Rubin  credits  a  great  deal  of 
the  museum's  success  in  its  outreach  efforts  to  the  Special  Needs  Advisory  Board,  a 
twenty-member  panel  she  began  to  organize  almost  immediately  after  assuming  her 
post  in  1978. 

"My  experience  had  taught  me  that  what  I  needed  to  do  was  hear  from  the  peo- 
ple who  would  be  using  the  services  and  work  with  them  to  improve  things,"  she 
says,  noting  that  the  board  includes  "a  real  mixture  of  those  who  are  themselves  dis- 
abled and  those  who  are  part  of  a  community  of  service  to  people  who  are  disabled," 
such  as  parents,  teachers,  and  workers  from  various  Boston-area  institutions  serv- 
ing special-needs  audiences.  The  assistance  they  provide  has  ranged  from  technical 
advice  on  choosing  an  assistive  listening  device  for  the  museum's  auditorium  to  par- 
ticipation in  staff  training. 

This  sort  of  input  from  the  perspective  of  the  audience  being  served  plays  a  vi- 
tal role  in  guiding  her  office's  decisions,  says  Rubin.  In  fact,  she  sees  the  museum's 
accessible  programming  as  a  response  to  one  of  the  disabled  board  members,  Joan 
LeBrun,  who  said  to  her,  "Human  beings  are  very  complex  creatures.  We  have  the 
ability  to  dream,  to  remember,  to  create,  to  love,  and  to  comfort.  But  we,  the  dis- 
abled, are  constantly  having  to  prove  that  we  are  not  one-dimensional.  Therefore, 
we  need  to  have  access  to  institutions  such  as  the  museum  so  that  we  can  share  the 
stimulation  offered  there." 

Physical  features  that  allow  this  access  include  a  barrier-free  public  entrance  and 
galleries,  a  telephone  device  for  deaf  visitors,  wheelchairs  and  wheelchair  ramps, 
wheelchair-accessible  restrooms  and  cafeteria,  and  accessible  parking.  In  addition 
to  these  things,  the  museum  uses  large-type  labels  and  brochures  with  good  contrast, 
taped  tours,  and  an  assistive  listening  system  previously  described.  All  of  these  items 
have  helped  the  museum  win  a  special  citation  in  the  Best  of  Accessible  Boston 
awards. 

While  these  features  provide  crucial  access  to  audiences  who  may  have  once  been 
overlooked,  Rubin  and  her  staff  try  to  go  beyond  simple  access  by  actively  involv- 
ing disabled  visitors  in  the  collections  through  four  main  programs. 

The  first  of  these  programs,  Meeting  Museum  Masterpieces,  involves  outreach  to 
people  in  nursing  homes  and  senior  centers  by  trained  volunteers  who  are  themselves 
older  adults.  After  the  volunteers  present  their  overview  of  the  museum's  collections 
through  a  forty-minute  slide  show,  the  groups  may  schedule  a  follow-up  visit  to  the 
museum  so  they  can  see  these  paintings. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

no 


The  program  began  in  1979  as  a  result  of  a  grant  from  the  state  Office  of  Elder 
Affairs  to  train  twenty-one  volunteers.  Rubin  recruited  the  volunteers  from  places 
where  seniors  gathered,  such  as  public  libraries.  Naturally,  the  volunteers  were  not 
art  experts,  but  that  was  not  what  Rubin  was  after.  "I  was  very  dedicated  to  the  no- 
tion that  the  program  could  be  for  anyone  who  was  interested  in  the  arts  and  in  learn- 
ing about  a  museum  at  this  point  in  their  lives.  It  didn't  have  to  be  someone  who  had 
in-depth  knowledge  of  art,"  she  says.  Eventually  she  gathered  together  a  group  of 
volunteers — mostly  former  teachers,  professionals,  and  housewives  in  their  seven- 
ties and  eighties — who  met  about  twice  a  month  to  learn  about  the  collection  and 
about  such  matters  as  using  slide  projectors,  speaking  to  groups,  and  making  suc- 
cessful presentations  before  being  sent  off  in  groups  of  two  or  three  to  facilities  for 
seniors  in  the  area.  "Our  goal  was  that  they  would  be  ambassadors  or  liaisons  to 
older  adults,"  teaching  them  something  about  art,  but  "also  letting  them  know  that 
the  museum  is  comfortable,  and  has  wheelchairs  and  places  to  sit  down — that  kind 
of  thing,"  says  Rubin. 

The  program  proved  to  be  a  great  success,  both  for  the  audiences  and  the  vol- 
unteers. In  fact,  Rubin  notes,  "Of  that  original  group  of  twenty-one,  I'd  say  about 
fifteen  to  eighteen  stayed  on  until  they  died."  Many  volunteers  now  come  from  the 
ranks  of  the  museum's  older  docents.  They  find  this  program  provides  a  way  for  them 
to  continue  serving  the  museum  while  being  a  less  strenuous  activity  which  lightens 
their  responsibilities  as  they  become  older. 

The  Meeting  Museum  Masterpieces  program  has  recently  expanded  into  inter- 
generational  activities.  In  1990  it  teamed  up  with  the  Stride-Rite  Day  Care  Center, 
a  facility  that  serves  both  older  adults  in  need  of  some  supervision  and  young  chil- 
dren. "It's  one  of  the  most  exciting  things  we  have  going,"  says  Rubin.  "Everyone 
benefits  enormously." 

Artful  Adventures,  the  second  program,  is  designed  for  children,  including  those 
who  have  hearing  impairments  or  learning  disabilities  or  are  from  hospital  schools. 
The  program  encourages  special-needs  groups  to  explore  cultural  diversity  through 
art  activities  involving  the  museum's  collections  from  the  Americas,  Europe,  Asia, 
and  ancient  Africa. 

Museum  staff  members  adapt  each  presentation  to  the  needs  of  the  particular 
audience.  The  staff  uses  posters,  slides,  and  artists'  materials  to  introduce  the  chil- 
dren to  the  variety  of  art  they  will  see  in  the  museum.  The  children  enter  into  the 
cultures  portrayed.  They  may  enact  scenes  from  paintings,  comparing  paintings  in 
the  Asian  collection  with  similar  ones  in  the  European  collection.  They  might  use 
both  Western  and  Asian  art  tools,  or  imagine  themselves  in  a  landscape  painting  and 
draw  their  own  postcards  to  send  home. 


MUSEUM    OF    FINE    ARTS 
III 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
I  12 


Susan  Duncan,  assistant  coordinator  of  special  services,  says  this  type  of  in- 
volvement with  art  not  only  stimulates  the  children  but  also  fills  an  educational  void. 
""It's  very  important,  particularly  in  these  days  when  children  don't  get  much  hands- 
on  art  experience  in  their  schools,''  she  says.  ""It's  one  of  the  first  things  that  get  cut 
in  the  educational  system,  so  for  many  of  the  kids  it's  one  of  the  rare  occasions  when 
they  really  get  to  do  something  with  art." 

Another  program,  People  and  Places,  introduces  adults  with  learning  and  devel- 
opmental disabilities  to  the  galleries.  By  allowing  participants  to  respond  to  paint- 
ings through  such  activities  as  sketching,  storytelling,  and  movement,  the  museum 
staff  hopes  the  participants  will  develop  new  or  more  focused  skills  of  perceiving, 
exploring,  reacting,  and  relating  to  what  they  see. 

Finally,  A  Feeling  for  Form  program  offers  visually  impaired  children  and  adults 
a  tactile  introduction  to  selected  sculpture,  furniture,  and  other  artifacts  in  the  mu- 
seum's collections.  According  to  Duncan,  the  staff  often  arranges  these  tours  around 
a  particular  theme  so  the  visitors  may  orient  themselves  more  easily.  For  example, 
tours  may  focus  on  animals.  "We  have  a  number  of  animals  that  we  have  curatorial 
permission  to  touch  in  a  variety  of  collections,  so  we  can  give  a  guided  visit  that  has 
some  coherency  to  begin  with,''  Duncan  says.  uWe  can  visit  the  Asian  gallery  and 
touch  Asian  lions,  and  then  visit  the  classical  galleries  and  touch  a  lion  that  is  very 
different."  Adult  groups  are  sometimes  invited  to  hold  and  investigate  ancient  ob- 
jects from  study  collections  and  small-scale  reproductions  of  monumental  sculpture. 
Like  the  Artful  Adventures  tours,  Feeling  for  Form  visits  for  children  end  with  hands- 
on  activity  such  as  sculpting  animals,  so  that  visitors  have  something  to  take  home 
with  them. 

While  Rubin  and  Duncan  coordinate  these  four  programs,  they  rely  heavily  on 
the  approximately  forty  volunteers  who  make  the  programs  work.  Training  for  the 
volunteers,  says  Rubin,  takes  a  variety  of  forms.  For  example,  on-going  training  for 
the  Feeling  for  Form  group  uhas  become  a  monthly  noon-time  event.  Sometimes  it's 
just  talking  among  ourselves  about  groups  that  have  come,  and  what  worked  well, 
and  what  didn't,  and  what  could  have  been  done  better."  On  other  occasions,  spe- 
cialists from  such  institutions  as  the  Commission  for  the  Blind  visit  to  offer  more  for- 
mal guidance  and  to  discuss  such  matters  as  "how  to  help  a  blind  or  visually  im- 
paired person  get  oriented  to  a  sculpture,  or  how  to  describe  things  in  terms  of  what 
somebody  already  knows,"  says  Rubin.  "For  example,  referring  to  a  sarcophagus  as 
"large  as  a  bathtub'  helps  the  person  get  an  overall  sense  of  it,  because  touching  it  in 
one  spot  doesn't  give  you  a  sense  of  the  size  or  the  shape. 

The  Evans  Wing  of  the  Paintings  Galleries. 


MUSEUM    OF    FINE    ARTS 

"3 


"Some  other  useful  things  include  never  addressing  the  person's  companion 
rather  than  the  person — for  example,  not  saying,  'What  would  she  like  to  do  today?' 
Also,  it's  important  to  tell  a  visually  impaired  visitor  if  you  have  to  leave  their  side 
for  a  moment,  because  otherwise  they  might  start  talking  to  you  and  you  wouldn't 
be  there.  That  can  be  very  embarrassing." 

While  these  points  all  involve  sensitivity  to  visually  impaired  visitors,  Rubin  em- 
phasizes in  her  training  that  volunteers  can  take  sensitivity  too  far:  "It's  important 
not  to  be  too  guarded  or  self-conscious,"  she  says.  "Guides  should  speak  as  they  nor- 
mally would  and  should  not  try  to  avoid  saying  things  like,  'Over  here  you.  can  see 
.  .  .  '  Trying  to  erase  every  reference  to  vision  from  your  vocabulary  is  just  going  to 
make  everybody  feel  awkward." 

To  enhance  the  training  sessions,  Rubin  often  brings  in  people  who  are  disabled. 
"Even  though  I  know  a  lot  of  this,  it  isn't  the  same  as  the  volunteers  hearing  it  from 
someone  who  is  visually  impaired,  and  being  able  to  ask  questions,  and  getting  com- 
fortable with  that." 

Rubin  tries  to  incorporate  the  perspective  of  disabled  persons  in  other  museum 
events  as  well.  For  example,  as  part  of  a  1990  exhibit  on  New  American  Furniture, 
woodworker  and  furniture -maker  Michael  Pierschalla,  who  lost  his  hearing  as  a 
teenager  but  regained  it  through  a  cochlear  implant,  gave  a  tactile  demonstration 
and  tour  of  the  exhibit  for  visitors  with  visual  or  hearing  impairments.  Rubin  cred- 
its much  of  the  success  of  the  presentation  to  Pierschalla's  personal  experience  with 
a  disability.  "Michael  had  lost  his  hearing  just  before  college. ...  It  was  a  very  painful 
thing,  and  having  gone  through  it  himself,  he  has  a  tremendous  amount  of  empathy 
for  other  young  people  who  are  feeling  different  or  feeling  a  sense  of  loss,"  she  says. 
Pierschalla  remains  connected  to  the  museum  as  a  member  of  Special  Needs  Advi- 
sory Board,  Rubin  explains. 

Despite  the  successes,  Rubin  points  out  that  obstacles  still  remain  in  the  path  of 
programming  for  disabled  museum  visitors.  Most  of  these  obstacles  involve  tight  re- 
sources. For  instance,  while  the  museum  wants  to  involve  as  many  deaf  visitors  as 
possible,  the  cost  of  hiring  qualified  sign-language  interpreters  puts  a  strain  on  its 
budget.  "I  think  it  would  be  unfair  to  give  a  portrait  of  serving  audiences  who  are 
hearing-impaired  without  acknowledging  that  the  more  success  you  have,  the  more 
expense  you  have.  There  needs  to  be  some  sort  of  inventive  collaboration,"  she  re- 
marks. While  she  is  pleased  with  recent  laws  that  have  given  museums  an  added 
obligation  to  serve  disabled  visitors,  she  remarked,  "I'm  also  very  worried  about  how 
to  sustain  the  services  and  not  promise  more  than  we  can  give." 

Budgetary  problems  also  affect  efforts  to  integrate  disabled  persons  into  museum 
staffs,  Rubin  acknowledges.  As  a  case  in  point,  she  cites  recent  difficulties  her  office 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
114 


"A  Feeling  for  Form"  encourages  hands-on  activity  for  visually  impaired  people. 


experienced  in  hiring  sign-language  interpreters  and  finding  staff  time  to  train  a  one- 
year  intern  who  was  deaf.  "It's  not  simple  to  integrate  someone  who  is  disabled  into 
the  staff.  It  takes  a  lot  of  time  and  attention,"  she  says.  "I  think  it  is  extremely  im- 
portant that  it  begin  to  happen  more  and  more,  but  it  does  take  time  and  resources 
and  a  real  commitment  to  do  it.  So,  I  think  that  while  we  are  making  laws  and  all 
that,  we  also  really  have  to  insist  on  funding  and  assistance  for  people  who  are  mak- 
ing a  serious  effort  to  integrate  persons  with  disabilities  into  their  staffs." 

The  difficulties,  though,  apparently  don't  outweigh  the  satisfaction  of  working 
on  special-needs  programming.  Citing  the  museum's  emphasis  on  tactile  contact  with 
art,  Rubin  says  that  "somebody  who  is  visually  impaired  can  touch  an  object  in  one 
of  the  collections  and  get  something  that  you  can't  quite  measure  but  it  is  different 
from — and  probably  better  than — any  other  experience  he  can  have  with  that  ob- 
ject, better  than  reading  about  it  or  having  someone  tell  him  about  it."  Similarly,  she 
says,  "visitors  with  emotional  difficulties  find  something  that  is  nourishing  some  part 
of  their  experience  that  may  be  at  the  very  heart  of  how  they  relate  to  other  people." 
The  general  public  benefits  as  well,  Rubin  says,  by  seeing  that  "there's  more  than 
one  way  to  learn  something  and  that  art  is  for  everyone." 


MUSEUM    OF    FINE    ARTS 

"5 


Old  Sturbridge  Village 

Sturbridge,  Massachusetts 


Id  Sturbridge  Village  is  an  outdoor  living 
history  museum  whose  purpose  is  ato  provide  modern  Americans  with  a  deepened 
understanding  of  their  own  times  through  a  personal  encounter  with  the  New  Eng- 
land past."  Through  its  collections,  publications,  and  programs,  Old  Sturbridge 
Village  presents  the  story  of  everyday  life  in  a  rural  New  England  town  during  the 
years  from  1790  to  1840.  To  present  the  story  more  vividly,  it  uses  trained,  cos- 
tumed interpreters,  historical  farming  techniques,  and  demonstrations  of  trades 
and  crafts. 

The  village  encompasses  more  than  200  acres.  In  the  center  is  the  village  com- 
mon. Houses,  shops,  stores,  offices,  and  meetinghouses  are  clustered  around  it.  In 
the  outlying  areas  are  the  farms,  shops,  and  mills  vital  to  life  in  a  rural  New  Eng- 
land town.  These  structures  include  a  gristmill,  sawmill,  carding  mill,  blacksmith 
shop,  cooper  shop,  printing  shop.  While  some  of  the  buildings  are  reconstructions, 
some  are  restored  buildings  brought  from  various  sections  of  New  England. 

The  problems  of  making  the  village  accessible  are  many  and  complex.  Accessi- 
bility at  Old  Sturbridge  Village  is  a  vast  undertaking — very  much  like  making  a 
small  town  accessible,  only  harder,  because  it  is  historic;  changes  cannot  be  made 
that  would  impair  its  historic  authenticity. 

Because  of  the  complexity  of  the  challenge,  Old  Sturbridge  Village  has  had  to 
make  a  commitment  to  accessibility,  and  make  it  a  matter  of  ongoing  concern  at 
every  level.  In  1986  the  village  established  an  advisory  council,  comprised  of  com- 
munity leaders  with  disabilities,  advocates  for  individuals  with  disabilities,  and  mu- 
seum staff  members.  Their  objective  is  to  plan  ways  to  improve  access.  At  the  same 
time  Eric  White  was  hired  to  be  coordinator  for  access,  an  executive  vice  president, 

Visitors  tour  the  Parsonage  Garden. 

OLD    STURBRIDGE    VILLAGE 
117 


Alberta  Sebolt  George,  was  appointed  to  supervise  the  accessibility  effort. 

A  remarkable  document  came  out  of  this  process.  Based  largely  on  White's  evalu- 
ation of  accessibility  needs,  "Old  Sturbridge  Village  Access  Transition  Plan'''  details 
how  Old  Sturbridge  could  achieve  accessibility  within  a  designated  time.  This  thirty- 
one  page  plan  is  worth  examining  to  see  why  it  works  when  similar  plans  often  do  not. 

The  plan  lists  goals  with  various  time  frames:  short  term,  intermediate,  and  long 
term — roughly  one,  three,  and  five  years.  Each  goal  is  specific  and  a  staff  member 
or  members  are  designated  to  carry  out  the  goal  within  the  designated  time. 

One  short-term  goal,  for  example,  is  "to  strengthen  communication  methods  with 
visitors  who  are  deaf."  Three  tasks  are  listed  to  help  achieve  this  goal:  "(a)  continue 
to  offer  sign  language  interpretation  on  regularly  scheduled  dates  throughout  the 
year;  (b)  offer  sign  language  classes  to  interested  museum  staff;  and  (c)  increase  pub- 
licity on  sign  language  programs." 

The  plan  lists  the  more  difficult  intermediate  and  long-term  goals  ("improve  and 
stabilize  village  roads  to  facilitate  visitor  navigation"),  and  to  break  these  goals  down 
into  doable  segments  ("experiment  with  stone  aggregates  to  improve  road  surface"), 
and  to  name  the  person  or  persons  responsible  for  getting  them  done.  No  project  is 
too  large  ("strengthen  physical  and  communication  accessibility  in  the  formal  ex- 
hibits and  galleries"),  and  none  too  small  ("increase  print  size  on  the  large  entrance 
map.")  Everything  that  could  possibly  improve  accessibility  seems  to  be  included. 
The  long-range  goals  emphasize  maintenance  schedules  so  that  gains  are  not  lost. 

The  plan  works.  "We  are  through  the  short-term  goals  and  about  midway 
through  the  intermediate-term  ones,"  says  White.  During  the  first  phase  of  the  plan, 
Old  Sturbridge  Village  has  strengthened  staff  training,  improved  the  roads,  made 
new  contacts  with  groups  representing  disabled  persons,  improved  orientation  ma- 
terials, improved  physical  access  to  exhibits  and  public  buildings,  expanded  sensory 
experiences  within  exhibits,  improved  access  to  the  formal  exhibits  and  galleries — 
and  more. 

In  only  one  of  the  short-term  goals,  "to  strengthen  employment  opportunities  for 
persons  with  a  disability,"  no  recent  progress  has  occurred.  "It's  economics,"  says 
White.  "Going  through  this  recessionary  period,  we  just  have  not  been  hiring  lately." 
He  adds  that  "a  large  number  of  staff  members  do  have  a  variety  of  disabilities,  so 
we  have  a  strong  base  in  the  past.  It  is  just  that  we  haven't  been  able  to  move  as 
quickly  as  we  would  like  on  this  issue." 

This  plan  is  an  effective  tool  for  steady  progress  on  accessibility  and  not  just  a  list 
of  good  intentions  for  several  reasons.  Strong  support  and  commitment  at  the  top  are 


The  common  at  the  center  of  Old  Sturbridge  Village. 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

118 


OLD    STURBRIDGE    VILLAGE 
II9 


essential.  Having  a  coordinator  for  access  is  also  key  to  making  the  process  work. 

What  is  unusual  about  the  plan,  however,  is  that  it  involves  so  many  staff  mem- 
bers in  various  projects  and  thus  emphasizes  that  accessibility  is  everyone's  concern. 
Finally,  because  the  writing  is  clear  and  precise,  nothing  is  taken  for  granted.  Each 
task  is  specified  along  with  the  name  of  the  person  responsible  for  performing  this 
task  by  the  given  completion  date.  All  this  attention  to  accessibility  emphasizes  its 
importance  as  part  of  the  ongoing  programs,  not  something  to  be  taken  up  when 
other  work  slacks  off. 

Having  a  detailed  plan,  however,  has  not  meant  that  work  on  accessibility  is  set 
in  concrete.  Over  the  past  few  years  a  philosophical  change  has  occurred  in  the  vil- 
lage's general  approach  to  accessibility.  Early  on,  Old  Sturbridge  Village  was  justly 
recognized  as  having  developed  some  first-rate  programs  for  special  audiences,  and 
it  still  offers  some  of  them.  Now,  however,  the  trend  is  to  move  away  from  special 
programs  for  special-needs  audiences. 

"We  began  to  realize  not  only  that  we  were  separating  disabled  people  but  we 
were  not  providing  the  same  opportunities  for  all  our  visitors,"  says  White.  "Typi- 
cally,  what  s  good  for  people  with  disabilities  tends  to  be  good  for  everyone.  So  we 
decided  that  the  best  thing  to  do  was  work  on  providing  the  best  program  for  every- 
one, rather  than  developing  special  programs.  We  still  do  pilot  programs  for  special 
audiences,  but  the  aim  is  to  learn  how  to  do  something  better  so  that  we  can  incor- 
porate it  into  our  overall  program." 

The  change  has  been  incorporated  into  training.  Old  Sturbridge  Village  is  fortu- 
nate in  having  a  cadre  of  guides  who  have  been  with  the  museum  for  quite  a  while 
and  already  know  how  to  help  disabled  visitors  enjoy  their  visits  to  the  museum. 
('One  good  thing  that  comes  out  of  a  recession,"  says  Eric  White,  now  director  of 
interpretation  at  the  village,  "you  end  up  getting  a  fairly  stable  staff.") 

""When  we  worked  with  outside  groups  .  . .  members  of  our  advisory  commission 
held  panel  discussions  or  training  sessions  on  sensitivity  awareness,"  says  White.  "Right 
now,  though,  we  are  on  a  slightly  different  path.  We  are  focusing  on  basic  communi- 
cation techniques,  with  the  idea  that  good  interpretation  is  one  of  the  keys  to  accessi- 
bility. In  other  words,  what's  good  for  disabled  folks  tends  to  be  good  for  everybody." 

Today,  a  guide  in  a  typical  training  session  would  probably  not  be  asked  how 
to  conduct  a  tactile  tour  or  a  tour  for  hearing-impaired  visitors.  Instead,  she  might 
be  asked,  'How  do  you  interpret  for  a  group  including  a  fourteen-year-old  boy, 
an  adult  with  a  hearing  impairment,  and  a  university  professor?"  After  role-play- 
ing a  successful  approach,  the  guide  might  be  challenged  with  a  new  twist:  "All 
right,  suppose  the  university  professor  has  the  hearing  impairment.  How  do  you 
interpret  for  that  group?" 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
I20 


Despite  the  trend  toward  programs  designed  to  accommodate  everyone,  at  least 
one  of  Old  Sturbridge  Village's  programs  for  disabled  individuals  merits  a  closer  look 
because  it  has  been  so  successful.  The  program,  which  runs  every  Tuesday  for  ten 
weeks,  is  offered  twice  a  year  to  small  groups  of  fifth-  and  sixth-grade  children  with 
disabilities,  usually  learning  disabilities.  At  the  outset  each  child  is  paired  with  a  his- 
toric interpreter.  "It's  a  mentor  system, "  says  White,  "and  a  strong  bond  usually  de- 
velops between  the  interpreter  and  the  student.1'  For  the  first  four  visits  the  students 
learn  about  village  life — how  families  lived,  how  work  was  done,  and  what  com- 
munity life  was  like. 

Then,  each  student  performs  a  brief  apprenticeship  to  become  familiar  with  one 
of  the  trades  or  crafts  that  are  demonstrated  in  the  village — cooking  over  an  open 
hearth,  spinning  and  weaving,  printing,  working  in  the  tin  shop  or  blacksmith  shop, 
or  working  in  the  houses,  where  sewing  or  cooking  is  done.  Often,  they  will  make 
something  they  can  take  home:  "If  they  work  at  the  blacksmith's  shop,  they  will  make 
iron  trivets  and  things  like  that,"  says  White.  "If  they  are  in  the  tin  shop,  they'll  make 
candle  holders  or  a  box."  Fitted  out  in  historic  costume,  they  help  with  activities  at 
their  work  site  and  sometimes  they  assist  with  tours. 

"The  highlight,"  says  White,  "are  the  five  days  out  in  costume.  Interpreters  of- 
ten say  that  on  the  first  visit  the  children  are  very  quiet  and  shy;  the  interpreters 
launch  them  on  simple  projects  and  spend  time  just  walking  around  with  them  and 
getting  to  know  them.  By  the  fifth  week,  though,  they  often  are  interpreting  to  the 
public.  They  are  almost  in  role,  in  a  sense,  and  you  can  see  a  change  in  their 
confidence  level." 

The  program  culminates  in  a  dinner  where  the  children  prepare  a  meal  in  the 
nineteenth-century  manner  for  their  parents,  siblings,  and  teachers. 

This  program  is  very  beneficial  to  the  children,  says  White.  "They  have  an  op- 
portunity to  succeed  at  something,  and  they  become  the  focus  of  attention.  That's 
really  an  important  thing  for  some  of  them  who  have  never  had  that  opportunity  in 
the  past.  I  think  it's  one  of  the  best  programs  we  do." 


OLD    STURBRIDGE    VILLAGE 
121 


PART      FOUR 


^rcu/zinw 


For  Teachers,  Staff,  or  Volunteers 


")  -^  »-«--■"■-•) 


kJSj&*£;    • 


^f^q|U  |JW*W  fP: 


The  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco 

San  Francisco,  California 


or  Tish  Brown,  coordinator  of  the  Program 
for  Visitors  with  Disabilities  at  the  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco,  it  was  a 
good  news/bad  news  situation.  The  good  news  was  that  several  groups  of  older 
adults  with  physical  disabilities  had  come  to  see  a  temporary  exhibition,  and  they 
all  wanted  to  attend  a  lecture  first.  The  bad  news  was  that  the  auditorium  could  not 
accommodate  so  many  wheelchairs. 

Rather  than  turn  anyone  away,  the  answer  seemed  clear  to  Brown  and  her  staff. 
"We  actually  removed  thirty  seats  from  our  auditorium,"  she  says  with  a  laugh. 
"That  was  an  interesting  exercise  in  screwdrivers."  The  incident  exemplifies  the  mu- 
seums' determination  to  make  their  programs  and  collections  available  to  all  visi- 
tors, regardless  of  disability. 

The  two  museums  that  make  up  the  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco  are 
the  M.  H.  de  Young  Memorial  Museum,  exhibiting  American,  British,  and  ancient 
art,  as  well  as  the  traditional  arts  of  Africa,  Oceania,  and  the  Americas;  and  the 
California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  specializing  in  European  art  and  works 
of  art  on  paper. 

The  de  Young  occupies  one  level,  and  its  exhibition  space  and  entrances  are  free 
of  barriers.  Wheelchairs  may  be  borrowed  at  the  main  entrance.  The  bathrooms  are 
accessible  to  wheelchairs  and  contain  lowered  drinking  fountains.  There  are  desig- 
nated parking  spaces  for  disabled  visitors  in  lots  near  the  museum;  and,  says  Brown, 
"we  even  helped  persuade  the  city  bus  system  to  add  accessible  buses  to  our  line." 

The  Legion  is  a  copy  of  an  eighteenth-century  French  building  in  which  "con- 
siderable access  adjustments  are  slowly  taking  place."  The  museum  is  expected  to 
close  in  mid-1992  for  renovations  that  will  include  making  the  building  accessible. 

The  entrance  to  the  M.  H.  de  Young  Memorial  Museum. 


THE    FINE    ARTS    MUSEUMS    OF    SAN    FRANCISCO 

125 


Brown's  goal  is  "to  make  the  whole  range  of  the  permanent  collections  and  tem- 
porary exhibitions  accessible  to  disabled  visitors."  Each  year  some  5,000  disabled 
visitors  and  older  adults  participate  in  more  than  150  activities  generated  by  the  Pro- 
gram for  Visitors  with  Disabilities. 

Among  the  accessible  programming  offered  to  disabled  visitors  are  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  tours  led  by  specially  trained  docents.  One  of  the  most  ambitious  programs, 
Docents  for  the  Deaf,  was  established  in  1970  by  volunteers  from  both  museums.  It 
is  a  rigorous  program  in  which  docents  learn  sign  language  by  working  with  a  teacher 
once  a  week.  Before  joining  the  program,  docents  must  have  completed  at  least  one 
year  of  study.  The  Docents  for  the  Deaf  include  docents  from  several  museums  in  the 
Bay  Area,  and  the  group  gives  a  monthly  tour  in  one  of  the  museums.  Brown  feels 
that  this  program  plays  a  vital  role,  but  adds,  "I  have  to  say  that  it's  difficult  to  main- 
tain because  volunteerism  has  generally  dropped  off,  and  this  is  a  very,  very  de- 
manding program." 

One  possible  way  to  offset  the  drop  in  volunteerism  is  to  begin  recruiting  partic- 
ipants while  they're  young,  a  program  Brown  has  undertaken  with  a  group  called 
the  Museum  Ambassadors.  In  this  program,  the  museums  hire  and  train  high  school 
students  from  the  local  public  school  system,  thereby  giving  the  students  a  valuable 
educational  opportunity  and  helping  the  museums  to  reflect  the  ethnic  makeup  of 
the  community  they  serve.  The  students  study  one  area  of  the  collections  at  a  time, 
then  give  presentations  both  at  the  museums  and  in  outreach  visits  to  convalescent 
homes,  retirement  homes,  and  elementary  and  middle-school  classrooms. 

Training  for  working  with  disabled  students,  most  of  whom  are  learning-disabled, 
requires  extra  patience  and  persistence,  says  Brown,  but  the  results  are  worth  it. 
"With  these  high  school  students,  you  just  never  know  where  the  real  stars  are  go- 
ing to  come  from.  I'm  thinking  of  one  young  man  who  moved  to  San  Francisco  af- 
ter a  kind  of  rocky  history.  He  was  in  special  ed  classes  because  he  was  hearing-im- 
paired, and  he  was  sort  of  in  the  middle  of  a  new  start  in  life.  He  turned  out  to  be  a 
star  as  a  Museum  Ambassador,  in  addition  to  being  a  good  student.  Now  he's  going 
to  the  University  of  California  at  Santa  Cruz,  which  is  a  pretty  nice  thing." 

The  museums  have  also  sought  to  enrich  visits  for  disabled  persons  by  providing  a 
fist  of  art  on  exhibition  that  blind  and  low- vision  patrons  may  touch.  This  list,  says 
Brown,  runs  the  gamut  "from  a  late  Roman  sarcophagus,  to  an  enormous  sixteenth- 
century  candlestick  with  all  sorts  of  human  bodies  carved  on  it,  to  twentieth-century 
sculpture,  to  furniture,  which,  interestingly,  is  very  popular  with  people  who  are  visu- 
ally impaired  because  it  has  a  very  tactile  velvet  cushion  on  it."  In  addition  to  art  on 
exhibition,  the  museums  have  a  study  collection  of  500  objects  primarily  from  Africa, 
Oceania,  and  the  Americas  that  are  brought  out  for  any  group  by  appointment. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
126 


A  statue  adorns  the  pond  by  the  museum 's  entrance. 

The  tactile  presentations  of  study-collection  objects  started  as  monthly  programs 
for  visually  impaired  visitors  and  were  publicized  only  among  that  population.  But 
word  about  them  spread,  and  the  museums,  recognizing  their  broad  appeal,  made 
them  available  to  all  visitors,  with  or  without  disabilities. 

The  museums  also  offer  art  studio  workshops  to  disabled  visitors.  Following  a 
brief  docent-led  tour,  participants  work  with  professional  artist  John  DeLois  to  make 
their  own  art  based  on  the  art  they  have  just  seen.  For  instance,  visitors  may  tour  a 
collection  of  American  portraits,  then  go  back  to  the  art  room  and  make  self-por- 
traits; or  they  may  look  at  African  sculpture  or  American  folk  art  and  then  try  some- 
thing in  the  same  genre. 

Brown  describes  DeLois,  whose  teaching  experience  includes  serving  as  artist-in- 
residence  in  a  local  jail,  as  "a  wonderful  artist  and,  above  all,  a  fine  teacher"  whose 


THE    FINE    ARTS    MUSEUMS    OF    SAN    FRANCISCO 

I27 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
[28 


versatility  in  many  media  and  adaptability  to  a  variety  of  audiences  have  served  the 
museum  well. 

uJohn  is  the  sort  of  artist  who  can  make  third-graders  with  learning  disabilities 
and  people  in  their  early  twenties  who  are  recovering  from  drug  abuse  feel  equally 
comfortable,"  she  says. 

Naturally,  adapting  such  projects  to  diverse  audiences  presents  some  challenges, 
but  the  museums  try  to  make  the  activities  available  to  even  the  most  severely  dis- 
abled visitors.  For  example,  notes  Brown,  "there  have  been  visitors  who  are  so  or- 
thopedically  disabled  they  can  only  tell  their  enabler  where  to  put  the  paint.  They 
can't  quite  move  their  hands  to  do  it  themselves,  but  that  is,  in  fact,  a  valid  way  of 
making  art." 

The  museums  have  produced  a  number  of  materials  to  help  disabled  visitors.  A 
special  brochure  explains  the  programs  and  services  available  and  explains  which 
buses  to  take  or  where  to  park.  The  gallery  guide  is  available  in  large  print  and  in 
Braille.  For  major  temporary  exhibitions  the  museums  generally  produce  an  educa- 
tional brochure  in  Braille,  large  print,  and  cassette.  The  Docents  for  the  Deaf  have 
produced  a  video  tour  of  the  American  collection  in  simultaneous  communication. 
A  mailing  list  of  1,400  disabled  individuals  and  organizations  receives  the  program's 
annual  brochure  and  quarterly  updates. 

While  these  programs  require  the  combined  efforts  of  staff  members  and  docents 
alike,  Brown  credits  much  of  the  museums'  success  in  serving  special-needs  audi- 
ences to  the  program's  board  of  advisors.  "I  get  advice  from  people  who  are  experts 
on  art  and  disabilities,"  she  says,  pointing  out  that  all  but  one  of  the  twelve  board 
members  have  disabilities  themselves  and  that  they  represent  many  of  the  Bay  Area's 
outstanding  agencies  for  disabled  people.  The  San  Francisco  area,  says  Brown,  uhas 
been  in  the  forefront  of  the  drive  for  civil  rights  for  disabled  persons." 

The  advisors'  experience  in  living  with  disabilities  and  helping  others  do  the  same 
makes  them  a  key  part  of  training  programs  at  the  museums.  Brown  recounts  one 
recent  training  session  in  which  several  advisors  helped  docents  prepare  for  an  up- 
coming exhibition. 

First,  panel  coordinator  Laurie  Hodas,  who  became  disabled  several  years  ago, 
explained  where  the  difficulties  for  disabled  visitors  might  be  (such  as  a  thick  car- 
pet that  a  wheelchair  might  sink  into)  and  how  they  might  be  overcome  (stand  by 
to  give  the  visitor  a  helping  hand). 

Next,  Sandra  Stone,  an  advisor  who  coordinates  Youth  Services  at  the  Center  for 
Independent  Living  and  is  herself  visually  impaired,  talked  about  how  docents  can 

The  Hearst  Court  exhibition  gallery  hosts  parties  and  performances. 


THE    FINE    ARTS    MUSEUMS    OF    SAN    FRANCISCO 

I29 


American  art  from  the  i6cos  and  1700s  on  exhibit. 

assist  low- vision  visitors.  Finally,  an  artist  who  works  with  developmentally  disabled 
populations  discussed  art-studio  projects  that  would  relate  to  the  exhibition  and  be 
possible  for  a  group  with  those  disabilities. 

As  advisor  Laurie  Hodas  points  out,  however,  the  role  of  the  advisory  board  ex- 
tends beyond  training.  For  instance,  the  panel  recently  completed  an  extensive  sur- 
vey of  accessibility  at  both  museums.  "That  took  a  lot  of  time,"  she  says,  'it  involved 
a  number  of  us  and  a  lot  of  Saturday  mornings,  measuring  such  things  as  the  height 
of  paintings,  sculpture,  and  pedestals,  and  the  width  of  bathroom  doors." 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
130 


The  efforts  paid  off,  not  only  in  terms  of  establishing  priorities  for  the  future,  but 
in  bringing  immediate  changes,  such  as  improvements  in  bathroom  facilities  and  a 
much-needed  ramp  entrance  to  the  de  Youngs  Hearst  Court,  an  exhibition  gallery 
where  parties,  performances,  and  receptions  occur. 

The  ramp  presented  a  challenge  because  of  bureaucratic  wrangling  over  financ- 
ing. The  city  owns  the  buildings  and  "the  ramp  was  on  the  list  of  things  done,  or 
could  be  done,  but  who  knows  when?"  However,  the  museums'  administration  be- 
came so  convinced  of  the  ramp's  importance,  it  went  ahead  and  paid  the  $6,000  for 
it.  This  move  Hodas  sees  as  an  example  of  the  museums'  commitment  to  welcoming 
disabled  visitors.  "It's  been  exciting,"  she  says.  "The  administration  has  been  lis- 
tening to  us,  and  that's  been  rewarding." 

She  sees  this  sort  of  commitment  to  disabled  visitors  as  a  plus  for  all  visitors, 
since  such  improvements  as  the  Hearst  Court  ramp  aids  a  parent  with  a  stroller  as 
well  as  a  wheelchair  user,  while  large-print  labels  assist  a  visitor  who  wears  bifocals 
as  well  as  a  visually  impaired  person. 

"Our  hope,"  says  Laurie  Hodas,  uis  that  when  people  get  to  know  us,  they'll  start 
thinking  of  us  as  being  just  like  everybody  else  who  enjoys  coming  to  museums  and 
seeing  the  art.  That's  our  goal." 


THE    FINE    ARTS    MUSEUMS    OF    SAN    FRANCISCO 

!3I 


•B> 


gtt&$ 


) 


\ 


ffiK 


tjjr  v.- 


w* 


ft\ 


<\<    ■■■ 


■ 
■ 


Kimbell  Art  Museum 

Fort  Worth,  Texas 


he  Kimbell  does  not  look  like  the  type  of  mu- 
seum where  one  would  expect  an  expansive  education  program.  The  museum  build- 
ing is  a  masterpiece  designed  by  American  architect  Louis  I.  Kahn.  The  Kimbell  has 
elegant,  open  spaces  designed  primarily  for  viewing  art.  Yet,  the  museum,  which 
houses  a  small  but  superb  collection  of  European,  Asian,  Mesoamerican,  and  African 
art,  also  sponsors  a  variety  of  workshops,  with  special  emphasis  on  those  for  hear- 
ing-impaired and  visually  impaired  children.  Since  the  auditorium  is  small  and  there 
are  no  classrooms,  most  activities  take  place  within  the  galleries.  Tables  for  work- 
shops are  set  up  there. 

Ideas  for  the  workshops  often  spring  from  something  that  is  going  on  in  the  gal- 
leries. When  the  museum  exhibited  modern  Chinese  painting,  hearing-impaired  chil- 
dren first  viewed  a  film  about  Chinese  brush-painting  techniques.  Then,  they  tried 
painting  using  the  same  methods.  When  the  museum  showed  African  portraits,  the 
children  made  papier-mache  masks  and  decorated  them  with  beads  and  fabrics.  The 
youngsters  appear  to  enjoy  these  projects  immensely,  but  their  purpose  is  a  serious 
one.  uWe  continue  to  stress  basic  artistic  concepts  like  line,  form,  and  color,"  says 
education  coordinator  Sharon  Chastain,  who  writes  and  organizes  the  workshops, 
"and  we  teach  about  other  cultures." 

When  a  typical  two-hour  workshop  begins,  the  students  are  divided  into  four 
groups  of  six  or  seven,  each  with  two  docents  and  one  or  two  sign-language  inter- 
preters. In  the  workshop  on  Islamic  art,  for  example,  the  group  first  views  a  cap- 
tioned film  showing  Islamic  geometric  patterns  on  buildings,  tiles,  and  ceramics. 
Then  they  head  for  the  galleries,  with  docents  and  interpreters,  to  study  the  real 
thing.  Back  in  their  own  area,  they  talk  about  what  they  have  seen,  observing  that 

A  workshop  for  visually  impaired  children. 


KIMBELL    ART    MUSEUM 
133 


the  same  patterns  in  various  sizes  are  repeated  on  rugs,  tiles,  and  manuscripts.  On 
their  tables  are  materials  for  hand- work:  stencils  in  hexagonal  and  octagonal  shapes. 
Using  the  stencils,  they  make  their  own  geometric  patterns,  which  they  decorate  with 
colored  pencils. 

Chastain  usually  breaks  up  the  time  the  children  spend  in  the  galleries.  "It's  tir- 
ing to  be  looking  all  the  time  to  read  sign  language,"  she  says.  Later,  the  groups  will 
go  back  to  the  galleries  to  look  at  Islamic  floral  designs  and  then  will  create  their 
own  floral  designs  and  paint  them  on  tiles. 

Preparing  a  workshop  such  as  this  takes  a  great  deal  of  advance  work,  not  only 
to  prepare  the  materials  but  to  make  sure  that  all  the  people  involved — teachers, 
docents,  and  interpreters — have  the  information  they  will  need.  Chastain  prepares 
the  program,  including  introducing  the  basic  concept,  the  objects  to  illustrate  it,  the 
general  background,  and  sometimes  slides.  Mike  Cinatl,  head  of  the  Interpreting  for 
the  Deaf  Program  at  nearby  Tarrant  County  Junior  College,  looks  over  the  material 
and  creates  a  vocabulary  list  of  basic  signs. 

A  week  before  each  program  these  materials  go  to  both  the  classroom  and  to  the 
docents.  This  gives  everyone  a  chance  to  prepare,  as  well  as  a  common  artistic  vo- 
cabulary. "One  of  the  things  you  discover,"  says  Chastain,  "is  that  there  are  no  signs 
for  some  of  the  words  we  use.  These  workshops  always  add  words  to  the  students' 
vocabulary.  When  there  is  no  sign,  Mike  invents  one.  Once,  for  example,  we  had  a 
workshop  on  mythology  that  went  along  with  an  exhibition  of  Greek  pottery.  Mike 
had  to  make  up  names  in  sign  for  the  gods  and  goddesses." 

Chastain  also  conducts  a  training  program  for  the  docents  each  month  that  work- 
shops are  presented.  When  they  get  new  workshop  material,  they  discuss  potential 
problems.  "You  need  to  work  things  out  in  advance,"  says  Chastain.  "You  need  to 
know  where  you  [physically]  stand  in  relation  to  the  work  of  art  and  to  the  inter- 
preter. We  go  over  ways  to  relate  the  crafts  and  painting  sessions  to  what  the  chil- 
dren will  see  in  the  galleries.  And  we  figure  out  how  to  break  down  the  projects  into 
small  tasks  because  you  must  not  rattle  on.  You  have  to  give  your  instruction  and 
then  let  them  do  it." 

An  impressive  number  of  hours  go  into  planning  and  preparing  each  workshop. 
Each  workshop  involves  eight  docents  and  six  to  eight  sign-language  interpreters. 
Most  museums  would  have  trouble  finding,  let  alone  paying  for,  that  many  sign-lan- 
guage interpreters  for  workshops  on  a  regular  basis.  The  coming-together  of  a  num- 
ber of  lucky  circumstances  makes  it  possible  for  the  Kimbell  to  have  them.  The  in- 
terpreters are  part  of  the  Interpreting  for  the  Deaf  Program  at  Tarrant  County  Junior 
College,  and  the  Kirnbell  Art  Museum  is  an  official  practicum  site.  About  a  dozen 
students  are  assigned  to  the  museum  at  the  conclusion  of  their  training.  They  are  not 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

•34 


The  Kimbell  is  one  of  Louis  I.  Kahn's  most  renowned  designs. 

paid;  however,  successful  completion  of  the  work  is  their  last  step  to  certification. 

With  the  docent  volunteers,  the  work  is  obviously  a  labor  of  love.  "I  have  eight 
docents  on  the  hearing-impaired  workshops,"  says  Chastain.  ""Most  of  them  do  it  all 
the  way  through  the  school  year,  year  after  year.  Some  have  been  doing  it  since  we 
began  the  pilot  program  in  1983.  They  read  the  literature  on  deaf  education  and  de- 
velop real  skills.  Some  also  work  with  the  vision-impaired  workshops.  Though  that 
means  working  with  an  entirely  different  set  of  problems,  the  fact  that  you  tailor  what 
you  do  to  the  individual  child  seems  to  translate  from  one  workshop  to  the  other." 

Like  the  interpreters,  the  docents  are  constantly  evaluated.  "If  we  see  people  who 
use  their  hands  too  much,  who  don't  stay  with  the  interpreters,  or  who  don't  use  good 
facial  expressions,  we  retrain,"  says  Chastain.  "We  are  always  trying  to  improve  the 
workshops  and  always  learning  from  them." 

One  of  the  things  that  Chastain  and  the  docents  learned  early  on  was  not  to  mis- 


KIMBELL   ART   MUSEUM 
135 


use  their  limited  knowledge  of  sign.  All  of  the  docents  have  picked  up  some  words 
and  expressions  in  sign  language,  and  Chastain  has  had  a  semester  or  two  of  study. 
("Sign  is  very  difficult,"  she  says.  "It's  like  speaking  French  and  playing  the  piano  at 
the  same  time.")  At  an  early  workshop  they  greeted  the  students  and  introduced  them- 
selves in  sign,  thus  giving  the  false  impression  that  they  could  communicate  in  sign. 
When  the  youngsters  realized  that  they  could  not,  they  were  frustrated  and  angry. 

Programs  such  as  workshops  for  hearing-impaired  youth  take  more  than  the  luck 
of  being  located  near  a  college  that  trains  sign-language  interpreters  or  the  good  for- 
tune of  having  dedicated  docents.  Such  programs  always  begin  with  support  at  the 
top,  and  so  it  was  with  the  Kimbell.  In  the  early  1980s  Director  Edmund  Pillsbury 
decided  to  make  the  museum's  resources  accessible  to  every  level  of  the  community. 
He  did  not  mean  architecturally  accessible,  for  the  newly  built  museum  was,  of 
course,  physically  accessible  from  the  start.  Rather,  he  wanted  programs  that  would 
reach  out  to  the  entire  community. 

Among  the  results  of  this  policy  has  been  the  remarkable  series  of  workshop  pro- 
grams. In  addition  to  the  workshops  for  hearing-impaired  children,  there  are  work- 
shops for  hearing-impaired  adults,  tours  for  older  adults,  workshops  for  children  and 
their  parents,  and  workshops  for  visually  impaired  children.  All  of  the  workshops 
have  been  innovative,  but  none,  perhaps,  has  broken  as  much  new  ground  as  have 
the  workshops  for  visually  impaired  youngsters. 

Curator  of  education  Marilyn  Ingram,  who  began  these  workshops  in  1982, 
wrote  all  around  the  country  trying  to  find  a  model  to  look  at  before  she  started. 
"I  was  unable  to  uncover  anyone  who  could  give  me  a  lead,"  she  says.  "But  I 
thought  it  could  be  done.  So  I  thought  we  would  just  try  to  make  it  work  and  learn 
as  we  went  along." 

Working  with  Cheryl  Neely,  "a  wonderful  teacher  of  visually  impaired  children," 
Ingram  did,  indeed,  find  ways  to  make  it  work.  The  aim  was  never  to  keep  children 
busy  with  pleasant  arts-and-crafts  projects;  it  was  to  teach  the  principles  of  art.  "I 
felt  that  they  were  not  getting  something  that  is  important  in  every  part  of  our  lives — 
an  understanding  of  such  concepts  as  balance,  harmony,  and  proportion.  Without 
vision,  it  is  difficult  to  absorb  these  ideas,  yet  they  are  basic  to  an  understanding  of 
music,  literature,  logic,  poetry." 

How  do  you  teach  balance  and  proportion  to  a  group  of  eight-year-olds  with  lit- 
tle or  no  vision?  Ingram  began  with  the  museum  itself.  A  scale  model  of  the  museum 
introduced  the  children  to  the  idea  of  an  ordered  space.  Then  they  used  their  sense 
of  touch  to  explore  the  building's  symmetry  and  rhythms.  Ingram  explains:  "We  have 


"Seeing"  a  sculpture  through  touch. 

tup:  accessible  museum 
[36 


KIMBELL    ART    MUSEUM 
137 


Learning  the  principles  of  art  through  touch. 

very  few  materials — travertine,  concrete,  stainless  steel,  and  wood.  But  the  use  of 
these  materials  is  consistent  and  logical,  so  that  the  material  means  something  when 
you  come  across  it.  The  travertine  is  twenty  feet  across,  and  the  wood  panel  is  ten 
feet  across;  that's  repeated  across  the  big  walls.  It's  a  symmetrical  building,  and  sym- 
metry is  one  of  the  concepts  it's  important  for  them  to  learn — and  not  something 
they  could  pick  up  easily  and  intuitively." 

Ingram  took  them  into  the  usually  off-limits  study  library  and  let  them  feel  the 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 


[38 


vaulted  ceilings.  She  let  them  touch  sculptures,  rejecting  the  usual  cotton  gloves  as 
"too  thick"  for  this  purpose  and  purchasing  for  them  "anatomy  gloves  like  doctors 
wear."  They  did  a  landscape  composition  using  textures.  "The  things  up  close  they 
could  feel  in  great  detail;  things  farther  away  they  could  sense.  So  they  used  silks 
and  satins  for  very  distant  things  and  rough  textures  like  wool  tweed  and  canvas  for 
the  close-up  things." 

They  learned  about  structure  through  such  activities  as  touching  a  chambered 
nautilus  that  had  been  cut  apart  so  they  could  feel  all  the  chambers,  and  building 
foam  rubber  arches  large  enough  to  walk  through. 

They  learned  about  balance  by  using  a  scale,  which  has  two  trays  on  either  side 
of  a  fulcrum.  "Balance  is  usually  a  visual  judgment,  but  it  can  be  tested  on  the 
scales,"  says  Chastain,  who  has  directed  the  visually  impaired  workshops  since  1989. 

The  good  news  is  that  these  workshops  work.  The  bad  news  is  that  the  school 
system  has  cut  back  on  expenses  and  has  canceled  field  trips.  (The  Kimbell  pays  the 
costs  of  the  workshops,  but  the  schools  must  provide  the  transportation  for  visually 
impaired  children.)  Last  year,  the  usual  three  workshops  a  month  were  cut  to  three 
a  year,  with  only  the  Arlington  school  district  participating. 

It  is  probably  helpful  to  be  philosophical  about  a  situation  like  this  and  to  re- 
member how  useful  it  is  that  the  workshops  have  been  done  and  that  the  model  for 
replicating  them  exists. 


KIMBELL    ART    MUSEUM 
139 


Lawrence  Hall  of  Science 

Berkeley,  California 


11  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  pro- 
grams share  a  similar  goal:  to  spark  curiosity  and  excitement  about  science  and 
math,''''  says  Director  Marian  C.  Diamond.  Established  in  1968  on  the  University 
of  California  at  Berkeley  campus,  the  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  (lhs)  is  both  a 
science  museum  and  a  research  center  dedicated  to  improving  science  education 
in  the  schools. 

Over  the  years,  the  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  has  developed  hundreds  of  lively 
programs  in  astronomy,  biology,  chemistry,  earth  science,  mathematics,  physics,  and 
technology.  Each  year  more  than  94,000  students  from  kindergarten  though  high 
school  explore  the  hall's  exhibits,  computer  labs,  and  laboratory  classrooms.  Or  they 
come  to  take  workshops  on  such  topics  as  Prehistoric  Puzzles,  Crime  Lab  Chemistry, 
Tracking  Down  Dinosaurs,  Columbus'  Environmental  Impact,  Is  Anybody  Out 
There?  and  Tin  Can  Cameras.  Another  128,000  students  in  Northern  California  par- 
ticipate in  the  same  programs  when  the  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  staff  bring  work- 
shops and  assemblies  to  the  schools. 

"Activities  developed  at  the  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  help  students  learn  about 
math  and  science  by  doing  math  and  science,"  says  Diamond,  describing  the  hall's 
hands-on  approach  to  education.  For  the  purposes  of  the  present  study,  what  is  es- 
pecially noteworthy  is  that  Lawrence  Hall  of  Sciences  has  pioneered  the  application 
of  this  hands-on  approach  to  science  programs  for  disabled  youngsters. 

In  1976  a  department  of  the  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science,  the  Center  for  Multisen- 
sory  Learning  (cml),  received  funding  from  the  United  States  Office  of  Education 
to  undertake  Science  Activities  for  the  Visually  Impaired  (savi),  a  project  designed 
to  produce  science  enrichment  activities  for  blind  and  visually  impaired  students  in 


Children  participate  in  a  midlisensory  learning  program. 


140 


M 

^^flM^^^J 

^ 


f 


upper  elementary  through  junior  high  school.  Three  years  of  developing  specialized 
equipment  and  new  procedures  resulted  in  nine  modules  of  hands-on  multisensory 
science  activities.  During  the  extensive  field  testing,  staff  made  an  interesting  dis- 
covery: not  only  did  the  materials  work  well  with  blind  and  visually  impaired  stu- 
dents, but  they  also  worked  very  well  for  students  who  had  other  disabilities. 

This  revelation  led  to  the  next  logical  step;  and  with  a  second  grant  in  1979  from 
the  United  States  Office  of  Education,  the  staff  set  out  to  adapt  the  savi  activities 
for  learning  disabled  and  orthopedically  disabled  youngsters,  and  to  research  how 
hands-on  science  could  most  effectively  be  used  with  disabled  students  in  the  main- 
stream. The  project  was  called  Science  Enrichment  for  Learners  with  Physical  Hand- 
icaps (selph),  and  its  products  were  merged  with  the  SAVI  products  to  produce  the 
savi/selph  program. 

The  nine  modules  include  such  topics  as  measurements  (one  activity  is  titled  Take 
Me  to  Your  Liter),  structures  of  life  (featuring  work  with  seeds  to  understand 
growth),  communications  or  the  physics  of  sound,  and  kitchen  interactions  (experi- 
ences with  such  common  household  substances  as  yeast).  In  the  module  on  magnet- 
ism and  electricity,  students  handle  and  investigate  permanent  magnets,  electro- 
magnets, insulators,  and  conductors  while  building  simple  circuits  and  magnetic 
systems.  In  the  environmental  energy  module,  students  make  tools  to  put  the  sun 
and  wind  to  work,  discovering  alternative  energy  sources  as  they  work. 

This  material  is  taught  in  workshops  at  the  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  and 
made  available  to  schools  or  individuals  in  kits.  Each  kit  serves  up  to  four  severely 
disabled  students  at  one  time  or  up  to  sixteen  who  are  able  to  share  materials. 
Teacher  guides,  training  manuals,  and  videos  are  also  available.  The  cost  for  devel- 
oping the  programs  was  $970,000.  The  materials  are  available  now  on  a  cost-recov- 
ery basis. 

The  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  (cml)  not  only  developed  the  new  mate- 
rials but  has  trained  educators  to  use  it.  With  additional  funding  of  $696,000  from 
the  United  States  Office  of  Education,  the  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  staff 
conducted  thirty  Regional  Leadership  Institutes  around  the  country,  twenty  local 
teacher  in-service  courses  on  the  multisensory  learning  techniques,  and  hundreds  of 
awareness  and  one-day  workshops.  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  also  estab- 
lished a  lending  library  of  materials  and  continues  to  offer  consultative  services  to 
educators  wishing  to  integrate  multisensory  materials  into  their  programs. 

"The  leadership  institutes  established  a  network  of  leaders  around  the  country," 
says  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  Coordinator  Linda  De  Lucchi.  "We  had  300 
people  who  went  through  the  savi/selph  training  over  the  years.  So  when  we  get 
a  call  from  someone  in  Denver  who  is  interested  in  the  program,  we  send  them  in- 

TIIE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
I42 


formation  from  here,  but  we  can  also  tell  them  who  in  their  area  knows  about  the 
program.  It's  still  an  active  leadership  network." 

The  Center  for  Multisensory  Learning  was  also  instrumental  in  starting  an  or- 
ganization called  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group  (dccg),  whose  purpose  is  to 
use  computers  to  assist  in  mainstreaming  children  with  disabilities.  "We  had  a  small 
grant  in  1983  from  the  United  States  Office  of  Education  to  explore  technology  for 
visually  impaired  students,"  says  De  Lucchi. 

"There  were  parents  in  the  local  community  who  were  frustrated  knowing  that 
there  might  be  technology  that  could  help  improve  the  quality  of  their  children's  lives 
but  who  did  not  have  a  place  where  they  could  try  out  the  hardware  or  talk  to  peo- 
ple with  similar  needs.  So  for  a  while  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group  was  here 
at  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science.  We  would  have  meetings  with  parents,  educators,  and 
professionals  interested  in  the  technological  needs  of  disabled  students." 

The  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group  now  has  a  computer  resource  center 
where  families  and  teachers  can  come  in  and  try  new  hardware  and  software.  "Dis- 
abled kids  can  sit  down  in  front  of  computers  and  try  out  things,"  says  De  Lucchi. 
"There  are  workshops  where  kids  can  interact  with  computers  and  find  out  what 
kinds  of  formats  would  best  assist  them  in  their  schooling." 

The  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group  works  with  youngsters  with  all  kinds 
of  disabilities,  from  learning- disabled  to  low-vision  disabilities.  There  are  youngsters 
who  need  other  than  keyboard  access  to  computers,  so  the  resource  center  has  ex- 
panded keyboards  and  other  kinds  of  input  devices  to  get  to  the  keyboard.  The  com- 
puter group  works  with  children  who  have  no  oral  communication,  with  children 
who  cannot  hold  a  pencil  and  write,  with  youngsters  who  are  very  bright  but  have 
cerebral  palsy  and  can  communicate  in  no  way  except  through  computers.  For  some 
disabled  children,  computers  provide  a  method  for  expression  that  they  would  not 
otherwise  have. 

"The  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group  is  now  a  separate  nonprofit  organi- 
zation, part  of  the  Alliance  for  Technology  Access.  Staff  members  at  Lawrence  Hall 
of  Science  still  work  closely  with  staff  at  the  Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group; 
in  fact,  several  of  us  are  on  the  board  of  directors." 

Through  its  Biology  Department,  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  also  has  innovative 
programs  aimed  at  a  very  different  audience.  Science  and  Math  Discovery  Work- 
shops for  Seniors  are  free,  two-hour  workshops  for  retired  adults  interested  in  math 
or  science.  Each  class  involves  hands-on  activities  as  seniors  work  with  simple  chem- 
istry equipment,  gentle  animals,  and  computers,  and  visit  the  planet  Mars  via  a  plan- 
etarium. 

A  more  ambitious  program,  with  serious  implications  for  elementary  education, 

LAWRENCE    HALL    OF    SCIENCE 
143 


is  the  intergenerational  Youth  and  Seniors:  Science  Discovery  Workshops.  Here  older 
volunteers  are  trained  by  Lawrence  Hall  of  Science  staff  to  present  science  work- 
shops to  elementary  and  junior- high  students. 

The  workshops  "address  some  of  the  major  problems  elementary  school  teach- 
ers have  in  making  science  and  math  acceptable  to  all  the  children,"  says  Kathy  Bar- 
rett, director  of  the  biology  education  department.  "When  we  train  the  teachers,  we 
have  them  working  in  a  group,  so  a  team  goes  into  the  classroom.  Providing  a  team 
of  four  to  seven  seniors  who  are  knowledgeable  in  the  activities  enables  small  groups 
of  children  to  have  individual  attention. 

"You  can  foster  cooperative  learning  experiences,  something  that  is  hard  for  a 
teacher  to  do  when  she  is  the  only  teacher  in  a  class  of  second  or  third  graders.  But 
the  payoff  is  that  there  is  more  time  spent  in  discussing  and  analyzing  and  extend- 
ing the  experience  because  the  kids  get  to  share  more  of  their  findings,  their  ideas. 
So  having  a  team  of  educators  going  into  the  elementary  level  is  extremely  valuable." 

These  workshops  take  place  once  a  week  at  participating  schools,  and  Barrett 
prefers  that  they  run  "at  least  four  weeks  because  there  is  a  bonding  that  takes  place 
with  the  seniors."  Classroom  teachers  report  that  their  students  look  forward  to  each 
visit  of  the  older  adults  and  talk  about  the  science  activities  long  after  the  visits. 

To  volunteer  for  the  program,  older  individuals  do  not  need  to  have  a  scientific 
background.  "We  find  that  an  openness  to  exploring  with  the  children  is  far  better 
than  an  in-depth  science  background,"  says  Barrett.  "In  fact,  we  have  to  help  sci- 
entists overcome  their  tendency  to  tell  everything  they  know,  which  can  be  a  real 
turn-off  for  young  children."  Older  people  are  trained  to  "help  the  children  make 
their  own  observations,  collect  their  own  data,  write  down  what  they  have  found, 
and  then  talk  about  what  it  all  means." 

The  older  docents  have  three  two-hour  training  sessions,  where  they  go  through 
the  activities  they  will  do  with  the  children.  "If  it's  finger-printing,"  says  Barrett, 
"they  will  explore  all  kinds  of  prints  that  can  be  made  by  things — surfaces  of  or- 
anges, dominoes,  pennies,  elbows — and  they  learn  how  to  take  fingerprints  of  peo- 
ple and  categorize  different  kinds  of  prints.  Then  they  discuss  the  activity  as  a  group 
and  find  out  from  people  who  have  done  it  before  what  kinds  of  questions  to  expect 
from  the  children." 

A  number  of  the  workshops  involve  animals,  says  Barrett,  "because  children  in 
urban  situations  have  so  few  experiences  with  a  variety  of  animals.  One  of  our  ac- 
tivities has  always  been  terrariums — putting  in  little  pill  bugs  and  crickets  and  earth- 
worms and  things  like  that. 

"Another  popular  series  comes  from  our  health  activities  project,  where  fourth- 
grade  children  explore  with  stethoscopes  their  own  heartbeats  and  compare  them 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
I44 


with  guinea  pigs,  chinchillas,  and  rats.  They  can  take  the  stethoscopes  home  and 
find  out  about  the  heartbeats  of  other  kids  or  their  families." 

The  intergenerational  program  benefits  seniors  as  well  as  the  students.  UA  ca- 
maraderie springs  up  among  the  seniors,  and  life-long  friendships  develop,"  reports 
Barrett.  "Almost  all  the  seniors  who  started  the  program  have  stayed  with  us.  All  of 
them  are  busy  people,  but  they  make  this  program  a  priority.  It's  amazing  how  im- 
portant this  is  to  the  seniors  and  how  important  to  the  students." 

The  workshops  tend  to  change  the  image  children  have  of  growing  old.  ""Kids  can 
have  very  negative  attitudes  about  that,"  says  Barrett.  "But  questionnaires  we  did 
with  junior  high  students  showed  that  they  were  very  impressed  by  the  seniors — 
thought  that  their  lives  were  incredibly  rich  and  that  they  were  doing  things  that 
they  wanted  to  do." 

The  program  was  developed  in  1982  with  a  small  grant  from  General  Electric. 
The  state  of  California  has  an  annual  line  item  in  the  budget  for  intergenerational 
programs  and  provides  $15,000  each  year  for  it.  The  program  is  now  operational  in 
five  school  districts.  Each  year  between  ten  and  twelve  schools  have  the  program. 

Barrett  believes  that  the  program  would  be  easiest  to  duplicate  in  places  where 
there  are  museums  or  universities  to  provide  the  needed  scientific  resources  and  men- 
tors but  says  that  uin  school  districts  that  have  well-developed  volunteer  programs, 
the  model  would  also  work." 


LAWRENCE    HALL    OF    SCIENCE 
145 


•-; 


'¥  1 


f 


^r***«**««^ 


A**       . 


^JtJiij 


Museum  of  Science 


Boston,  Massachusetts 


he  teenager  from  the  Perkins  School  for  the 
Blind  was  getting  restless,  so  Betty  Davidson,  an  exhibit  planner  with  the  Museum  of 
Science,  took  him  over  to  a  new  activity  station  called  "A  Tool  To  Fit  the  Task."  This 
exhibit  is  an  array  of  tools  paired  with  casts  of  their  counterparts  in  the  animal 
world — a  bear's  paw  and  a  hand  cultivator,  a  beaver  skull  with  its  chisel-like  teeth 
and  a  real  chisel,  a  swim  fin  and  a  swan's  webbed  foot.  The  purpose  is  to  highlight 
adaptations  that  enable  animals  to  live  in  their  environment.  "I  explained  the  con- 
cept of  it,  placed  his  hand  on  the  bear's  claws  and  said,  'Now,  below  that  you  will 
find  a  garden  tool  that  does  the  same  thing.  And  that's  how  this  goes  throughout.'  He 
felt  the  bear's  claws,  and  he  went  right  below  and  felt  the  cultivator,  and  you  could 
see  his  face  brighten.  There  is  a  look  that  comes  over  a  person's  face,  and  you  know 
that  he's  got  it.  I  started  to  say,  'And  the  next  one  .  .  .  '  and  he  cut  me  off.  He  said,  'I 
know  what  to  do.  Don't  tell  me.' 

"He  was  so  excited.  No  one  had  to  walk  him  through  and  explain  this  activity.  He 
could  do  it  by  himself  and  get  the  point  of  it.  This  exhibit  opened  something  up  for 
him.  At  that  moment  all  our  work  seemed  worthwhile." 

The  work  Davidson  refers  to  was  an  experimental  project  aimed  at  turning  a 
gallery  in  the  Museum  of  Science  into  a  model  multisensory  exhibit  that  would  ap- 
peal to  and  be  accessible  to  all  visitors.  The  process  the  museum  followed  to  make 
this  exhibit  a  lively  and  accessible  place  is  both  fascinating  and  probably  will  be  in- 
structive to  others  who  wish  to  make  their  exhibits  multisensory. 

Much  of  the  credit  for  getting  the  project  started  goes  to  Betty  Davidson  who  has 
served  at  the  museum  since  1987.  Because  of  her  background — a  p!i.d.  in  biochem- 
istry, experience  as  an  elementary -school  science  resource  teacher  and  curriculum 

The  museum  is  located  on  the  banks  of  the  Charles  River. 


147 


developer,  and  long-standing  interest  in  access  issues — made  her  the  right  person 
on  the  right  project.  The  museum  applied  for  and  received  money  from  the  Institute 
for  Museum  Services  for  an  access  evaluation,  which  Davidson  coordinated. 

In  the  evaluation  and  the  work  that  followed,  Davidson  sought  the  help  of  peo- 
ple who  represented  the  people  the  museum  wanted  to  reach.  Her  committee  in- 
cluded Annette  Posell,  director  of  marketing  at  the  wgbh  Caption  Center,  who  is 
deaf;  Ray  Bloomer,  disability  specialist  with  the  National  Park  Service,  who  is  visu- 
ally impaired;  and  Jan  Majewski,  coordinator  for  special  education  at  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Davidson,  who  is  mobility  impaired,  did  the  work  on  mobility  is- 
sues. The  committee  did  not  attempt  to  evaluate  the  entire  museum.  They  chose  to 
look  at  several  exhibits,  a  lecture/demonstration  on  static  electricity,  and  the  entry 
areas — garage,  lobby,  the  places  a  visitor  first  encounters. 

At  the  end  of  the  evaluation,  the  museum  decided  to  improve  access  to  the  New 
England  Lifezones  gallery.  The  museum  applied  to  the  National  Science  Foundation 
for  funds  to  make  this  a  model  participatory  exhibit  and  received  $200,000,  which 
Davidson  says  is  "actually  a  modest  budget." 

The  original  New  England  Lifezones  exhibit  was  an  open  gallery  consisting  of  six 
large  window  dioramas  and  one  small  one.  These  portrayed  animals  in  their  native 
habitats — birds  of  the  rocky  mid-coast  of  Maine,  beavers,  a  bear,  a  moose,  a  group- 
ing of  deer,  and  shorebirds  at  Crane's  Beach  in  Massachusetts.  The  exhibits  were  ex- 
plained by  labels  on  the  wall.  The  only  interactive  elements  were  two  sets  of  push 
buttons  that  enabled  visitors  to  spotlight  and  identify  the  sea  birds  and  shore  birds. 

Because  the  exhibit  was  completely  visual  and  in  a  dimly  lit  space,  it  was  inac- 
cessible to  visitors  with  visual  impairments.  In  addition,  however,  the  bird  spot- 
lighting buttons  were  close  together,  and  people  with  coordination  problems  couldn't 
use  them;  the  small-print  labels  were  hard  to  read  at  a  distance  and  not  well  placed 
for  visitors  in  wheelchairs.  Additionally,  the  information  on  the  labels  was  difficult 
for  many  visitors  to  follow. 

This  "was  a  very  traditional  natural  history  diorama.  They  are  all  over  the 
place — big,  beautiful  displays  behind  windows,  and  they  are  explained  by  labels.  If 
you  can't  see  well,  though,  you  might  as  well  not  be  there.  But  it  wasn't  poorly  done. 
I  think  that  often  the  assumption  is  that  you  are  going  to  experience  a  museum  solely 
with  your  eyes.  That  holds  true  for  museums  being  built  right  now." 

Since  the  idea  was  not  to  change  the  dioramas  but  to  make  them  accessible  and 
meaningful  to  visitors — the  first  step  involved  making  an  inventory  of  the  informa- 
tion a  visitor  could  learn  by  looking  at  the  dioramas  and  reading  the  labels.  It  was 
clear  that  they  contained  a  wealth  of  information. 

A  careful  look  at  the  beaver  diorama,  for  example,  would  show  the  size  and  shape 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
148 


of  the  adult  and  a  yearling,  their  physical  characteristics,  their  behavior,  their  habi- 
tat, and  such  adaptations  as  their  chisel  teeth  for  felling  trees,  the  hind  legs  with 
webbed  feet  for  swimming,  the  flat  rudder-like  tail,  and  the  thick,  waterproof  fur  for 
keeping  them  warm  even  when  swimming  under  ice  in  winter. 

The  next  step  was  to  find  out  what  visitors  were  actually  learning  from  the  dio- 
ramas. Surveys  by  independent  evaluators  showed  that  learning  was  minimal.  Most 
visitors  regarded  the  gallery  as  an  attractive  display  of  stuffed  animals.  Few  people 
stayed  long;  nineteen  percent  cruised  through  in  less  than  a  minute.  Few  understood 
the  major  ideas  of  the  exhibit — that  New  England  has  a  variety  of  environments  and 
that  animals  adapt  to  these  environments  in  all  types  of  interesting  ways.  Only  one 
person  in  five  could  name  one  animal  adaptation.  In  short,  the  exhibit  was  intellec- 
tually, as  well  as  physically,  inaccessible. 

Staff  and  committee  members  then  set  some  goals  for  what  they  wanted  the  ex- 
hibit to  be  and  do.  First,  of  course,  they  wanted  everyone  to  enjoy  the  experience  and 
get  something  out  of  it.  They  wanted  visually  impaired  visitors  to  have  some  sense 
of  what  was  behind  the  windows.  They  wanted  visitors  with  other  disabilities  to  have 
physical  and  intellectual  access  to  the  displays.  And  finally,  they  wanted  all  visitors 
to  learn  something  about  habitats  and  adaptations.  For  example,  they  wanted  all 
visitors  to  recognize  that  each  diorama  represented  a  New  England  environment,  to 
see  that  the  plants  and  animals  were  typical  for  that  environment  and  adapted  to  it. 
They  also  hoped  visitors  would  make  cross-references  among  the  dioramas,  noting, 
for  example,  that  both  gulls  and  beavers  have  webbed  feet  for  swimming. 

Brainstorming  sessions  followed.  Staff  and  committee  members  suggested  a  wide 
range  of  ideas — from  the  cautious  and  practical  to  the  splendidly  unrealistic.  ""What 
we  wanted  was  to  bring  all  possibilities  out  on  the  table  as  a  catalyst  for  discussion," 
says  Davidson. 

From  the  discussions  came  certain  decisions:  videotapes  would  be  captioned;  the 
exhibit  would  present  no  barriers  to  wheelchair  users;  audio  tapes  would  be  used  to 
present  label  information  and  also  to  evoke  as  much  of  the  environment  as  possible; 
labels  would  be  in  large  print,  clearly  written,  and  well  lit;  there  would  be  touchable 
objects.  The  guiding  principle  was  that  design  features  which  allow  disabled  visitors 
to  participate  in  an  exhibit  are  the  same  ones  that  enhance  the  exhibit's  interest  and 
educational  value  for  everyone. 

"We  did  a  lot  of  prototype  testing — brought  out  new  things  and  looked  at  how 
they  were  used.  I  called  in  groups  to  help  me — from  the  Perkins  School  for  the  Blind, 
children  with  mobility  problems  from  schools  and  rehab  facilities,  some  deaf  stu- 
dents in  a  high-school  program,  and  emotionally  and  learning- disabled  children  from 
an  elementary  school. 


THE    MUSEUM    OF    SCIENCE 
149 


Before  any  idea  was  put  out  in  final  form,  I  invited  people,  adults  as  well  as  chil- 
dren, to  use  these  exhibit  components  and  see  whether  they  were  working  right.  Some 
of  the  stations  were  modified  two  or  three  times  based  on  the  users'  reactions." 

In  the  end,  two  types  of  changes  were  made  to  the  exhibit:  new  components  were 
added  to  help  explain  and  interpret  the  individual  dioramas;  and  activity  stations 
were  installed  to  illustrate  the  common  themes  about  habitat  and  adaptation. 

"The  new  components,'"  says  Davidson,  "had  to  help  people  get  beyond  'Oh!  A 
moose!'  in  their  perceptions  of  the  dioramas."  To  do  that,  the  new  additions  involve 
as  many  of  the  visitor's  senses  as  possible.  The  additions  include: 

■  An  introductory  panel  for  the  entire  exhibit.  This  contains  background  infor- 
mation in  graphic  and  audio  form. 

■  Smell  boxes.  Push  a  button  and  a  fan  blows  an  odor,  such  as  musk  or  spruce, 
associated  with  the  scene  in  the  diorama. 

■  Audio  tapes.  The  visitor  lifts  the  receiver  to  hear  an  explanation  of  the  scene 
and  listen  to  environmental  sounds,  such  as  the  ocean  and  the  cries  of  shore  birds. 

■  Two-tiered  labels.  The  most  basic  information  is  in  thirty-six  point  print.  Less 
important  information  is  in  twenty-eight  point.  The  sentences  are  short  and  clearly 
written  to  accommodate  visitors  with  limited  reading  ability  due  to  profound  deaf- 
ness, learning  disabilities,  or  limited  English. 

■  Touchable  objects.  The  team  agreed  that  full-scale  mounts  of  the  birds  and  an- 
imals in  the  dioramas  would  be  ideal — a  goal  not  possible  because  of  the  expense 
and  the  fragility  of  the  birds  and  some  other  specimens.  Instead,  they  decided  to  try 
full-scale  mounts  of  a  beaver  and  a  black  bear,  though  many  worried  that  the  spec- 
imens would  be  vandalized  or  petted  to  death  within  two  weeks.  Additions  to  the  ex- 
hibit included:  bronze  replicas  of  a  cormorant  and  a  godwit  (a  species  of  shorebird). 
Other  touchable  elements  included:  a  set  of  white-tailed  deer  antlers  and  the  hooves 
of  a  deer  and  a  moose,  mounted  together  for  comparison. 

■  Three  activity  stations  encourage  visitors  to  draw  comparisons  about  habitat 
and  adaptations  from  the  different  dioramas:  (i)  Outer  coverings.  Touchable  fur  sam- 
ples, which  can  be  viewed  through  a  microscope,  show,  for  example,  the  differences 
in  bear,  beaver,  and  deer  fur — how  each  is  insulated  and  how  beavers  are  water- 
proofed; (2)  A  tool  to  fit  the  task.  Touchable  animal  "tools" — in  this  instance,  spe- 
cialized mouth  and  foot  parts,  are  compared  with  human  tools  that  have  a  similar 
structure  and  function;  and  (3)  Build  a  beast.  To  show  how  an  animal's  body  shape 
is  related  to  the  way  it  lives,  visitors  select  from  a  variety  of  wooden  body,  head,  and 
foot  parts  and  assemble  an  animal  adapted  to  a  particular  lifestyle. 

The  exhibit,  now  called  New  England  Habitats,  has  been  in  place  since  early  1989, 
and  it  is  possible  to  assess  some  results.  One  worry — that  the  mounts  would  wear  out 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
150 


after  two  weeks — has  been  dismissed.  The  beaver  lasted  about  a  year  and  was  re- 
placed. The  bear  survived  a  year  and  a  half — and  500,000  visitors  to  the  gallery — be- 
fore being  petted  bald.  The  replacement  costs  for  bear  and  beaver  were  less  than  $2,000. 

The  composition  of  the  audience  has  changed  from  mostly  adults  to  a  mixture  of 
children  and  adults.  The  average  time  spent  in  the  gallery  has  more  than  tripled. 

Now,  the  exhibit  is  a  lively,  well-populated  place.  "I  am  happy  with  the  way  the  ex- 
hibit is  being  used — the  enthusiasm,"  says  Davidson.  "It's  nice  to  see  family  groups  in 
there  with  each  person  choosing  what  he  or  she  wants  to  get  out  of  the  exhibit.  A  little 
child  may  run  around  and  feel  the  bear  and  smell  the  smells  and  rush  back  to  grab  an 
older  sibling  and  bring  him  over  and  say,  'Is  that  what  bears  smell  like?'  The  parents 
may  go  through  and  read  the  labels  to  the  children  because  that's  what  parents  do.  And 
somehow,  all  together,  the  sum  of  learning  is  so  much  greater  because  people  share 
what  they  learn  with  one  another  within  a  group.  That  to  me  is  very  exciting. 

"The  important  thing,  though,  is  that  this  exhibit  is  now  not  only  usable  for  a 
much  larger  proportion  of  disabled  people  but  much  more  usable  and  enjoyable  for 
everyone.  That  doesn't  surprise  me. 

"What  does  surprise  me  is  how  the  exhibit  has  dramatically  improved  how  much 
people  learn.  In  the  beginning,  maybe  twenty  percent  could  name  one  adaptation. 
At  the  end  of  this  project,  one  hundred  percent  of  the  visitors  could  name  one  adap- 
tation, and  ninety  percent  could  name  two. 

"You're  reaching  everybody  by  providing  different  modalities  of  learning.  They  can 
experience  it  by  smelling,  feeling,  listening;  they  don't  have  to  read  if  they  don't  want 
to  or  can't.  The  multisensory  approach  is  a  very  valuable  one.  It  doesn't  have  to  be  elab- 
orate, but  it's  important  to  give  people  choices  of  how  they  access  the  information." 

Though  the  exhibit  is  now  much  more  usable  for  disabled  persons,  Davidson  says, 
"You  are  not  going  to  have  perfection,  even  in  a  brand-new  exhibit.  You're  not  going 
to  have  every  inch  of  it  accessible  to  every  human  being — it  just  can't  be  done.  The 
important  thing  is  to  make  people  feel  welcome  and  to  give  them  a  meaningful  expe- 
rience. There  are  lots  of  ways  you  can  do  a  great  deal  without  having  a  perfectly  and 
universally  accessible  facility.  People  should  not  be  intimidated  thinking  that's  what 
they  need  to  have.  They  must  be  aware  and  be  welcoming  and  do  what  they  can." 


THE    MUSEUM    OF    SCIENCE 
151 


University  Museum  /  Southern  Illinois  University 

Carbondale,  Illinois 


t,  said  we  were  receptive  to  working  with 
people  with  any  type  of  disability  and  agreed  to  give  it  a  try,"  says  Lorilee  Huffman, 
describing  the  start  of  an  innovative  program  that  uses  the  museum  as  a  training 
ground  for  disabled  people. 

The  program  began  in  1986  when  Huffman,  who  is  curator  of  collections  in  the 
University  Museum  of  Southern  Illinois  University,  met  with  staff  from  the  Evalua- 
tion Development  Center  (edc),  which  specializes  in  rehabilitating  disabled  people. 
"EDC  was  looking  for  jobs  requiring  higher-level  skills  for  people  with  disabilities," 
says  Huffman.  "They  felt  that  libraries  and  museums  might  offer  some  opportuni- 
ties. They  said  they  can  always  get  their  clients  into  places  like  McDonald's  to  clean 
up,  but  no  one  wants  to  give  them  a  chance  to  do  something  better.  This  is  what  we 
try  to  do." 

Southern  Illinois  University  is  a  good  place  to  give  a  program  like  this  a  try,  ac- 
cording to  Huffman.  The  campus  is  very  accessible  for  disabled  persons — "some- 
thing the  university  takes  pride  in" — and  it  draws  a  lot  of  disabled  students.  It  has 
a  strong  department  of  rehabilitation  and  a  number  of  disabled  student  services, 
such  as  readers,  wheelchairs  for  rent,  and  good  support  groups. 

Before  the  first  disabled  people  showed  up  to  work,  however,  both  the  museum 
and  EDC  did  mammoth  preparation.  Huffman's  first  step  was  to  identify  the  jobs 
that  might  be  suitable  for  training  disabled  workers.  Talking  with  staff,  she  first  did 
a  thorough  study  of  the  variety  of  tasks  performed  in  the  museum.  This  study  be- 
came the  basis  for  job  descriptions,  each  with  its  list  of  duties  and  responsibilities. 
From  there  it  was  possible  to  identify  which  jobs  would  be  suitable  for  a  six-week 
training  program  for  disabled  individuals. 

SIU  's  University  Museum  trains  disabled  people  for  skilled  jobs. 


'5a 


• 


m  t~*s 


■   y9a 


-'-■'■    !   TiQpM 


&& 


^i^ 


"*»  ■■-.♦.,■ 


r^t 


^^jkbuh'- 


P**r?' 


■ 


:v;;::-'" 


'       ■■■■■■ 


9    ^ 


The  SIU  campus  is  highly  accessible. 

These  included:  preparing  collection  information  on  the  computer;  conducting 
research  on  exhibits;  assisting  in  the  installation  of  exhibits;  assisting  in  collection 
inventory;  working  with  the  extensive  slide  library  files;  overseeing  and  managing 
shop  tools;  updating  the  learning  kits;  giving  guided  tours  to  museum  visitors;  re- 
searching and  writing  biographical  information  on  artists  in  the  collection;  per- 
forming general  research;  acting  as  a  gallery  guard;  and  working  as  a  receptionist. 

Many  of  these  tasks  are  the  same  ones  performed  by  college  students,  who  work 
in  the  museum  as  part  of  their  undergraduate  or  graduate  work  in  museum  studies. 
The  college  students  and  the  disabled  staff  sometimes  end  up  working  side  by  side 
doing  inventories  or  making  computer  data  sheets. 

edc  prepares  and  evaluates  their  clients  before  recommending  them  to  the  mu- 
seum. They  generally  come  from  the  southern  Illinois  counties  and  range  in  age  from 
eighteen  to  fifty-five.  Some  have  emotional  disabilities,  and  some  physical;  some  were 
born  with  their  disabilities  while  others  acquired  them,  often  in  accidents.  EDC  uses 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
154 


what  Huffman  terms  "a  holistic  method  of  rehabilitation."  Many  of  its  clients  live  in 
a  facility  on  campus  while  taking  classes  in  social  skills  and  independent  living.  Later 
they  may  move  to  a  semi-independent  living  center,  where  there  are  fewer  restric- 
tions. Throughout,  edc  continues  to  work  with  them,  helping  them  with  the  prob- 
lems of  independent  living  and  giving  vocational  training  and  counseling.  Some 
clients  receive  a  small  stipend  from  edc  through  the  Illinois  Department  of  Reha- 
bilitation. 

When  EDC  feels  that  it  has  someone  who  would  fit  into  the  museum  workplace, 
Huffman  meets  with  the  individual  and  with  representatives  from  edc .  "It  is  all  done 
in  a  very  professional  manner,"  she  says.  "EDC  makes  clients  bring  in  a  resume,  and 
we  discuss  which  job  might  suit  them  best.  We  have  never  turned  anybody  down. 
I'm  going  to  give  everybody  a  chance.  I'm  not  going  to  say,  T  don't  think  this  per- 
son will  work  out."' 

Nearly  always  they  do  work  out.  Since  the  program  started  in  1986,  the  museum 
has  trained  thirty  people  with  disabilities.  Of  these,  only  one  person  did  not  work 
out,  and  edc  later  decided  that  the  individual  was  immature  and  not  ready  for  work. 

All  the  rest  completed  the  job  training  with  some  degree  of  success.  One  woman 
who  has  cerebral  palsy  started  out  in  the  program  three  years  ago  and  now  volun- 
teers at  the  museum  ten  hours  a  week.  She  has  a  B.A.  in  history  and  an  interest  in 
museum  work.  "She  works  primarily  with  the  collection  records.  We  are  doing  a  lot 
of  inventory,  and  we  bring  the  inventory  materials  to  her — the  shelf  is  too  high  for 
her  to  reach  them.  But  that's  all  we  need  to  do  for  her.  She  looks  them  over  and  com- 
pletes the  computer  data  sheets  on  them.  She  likes  doing  it.  She  can  see  how  much 
she  has  done  to  update  our  inventory  and  records,  and  I  think  the  accomplishment 
brings  her  satisfaction.  For  us,  it's  like  having  a  quarter- time  staff  person." 

Another  woman,  who  uses  a  wheelchair,  went  through  the  edc  program  and  the 
museum  training.  "We  kept  increasing  her  workload  and  her  responsibility,"  says 
Huffman,  "we  couldn't  keep  her  busy  enough."  Later  she  decided  to  enroll  in  the 
university  as  a  full-time  student  and  is  now  seeking  a  degree  in  rehabilitation. 

Normally  the  museum  staff  trains  the  individual.  Since  each  person  works  about 
ten  hours  a  week,  the  training  at  first  occupies  the  staff  member  about  twelve  hours 
a  week  since  the  staffer  must  prepare.  After  a  few  weeks  they  begin  to  work  more 
independently  on  the  job.  "It  isn't  one-on-one  all  the  time,"  says  Huffman.  "We  check 
their  work,  and  we  are  there  for  support."  The  museum  never  takes  more  than  two 
clients  at  one  time. 

The  staff  does  not  find  its  role  in  training  burdensome,  says  Huffman.  One  rea- 
son is  that  she  brings  them  into  the  planning  process,  seeking  their  advice  on  where 
the  new  person  might  be  placed.  "Also,"  she  says,  "this  project  is  interesting.  It's  re- 

UNIVERSITY    MUSEUM    /    SOUTHERN    ILLINOIS    UNIVERSITY 

155 


warding  for  the  clients  and  for  people  at  the  museum,  too.  We  all  learn  from  each 
other. " 

On  those  occasions  when  the  new  person  does  not  seem  to  be  working  out  at  the 
job,  Huffman  takes  a  very  flexible  approach.  "If  it  doesn't  work,  we  don't  get  all  ex- 
cited. Sometimes  it  is  just  that  we  have  not  matched  the  right  job  to  the  person.  We 
evaluate  the  person  every  week,  so  if  we  notice  a  problem,  we  all  get  right  on  it.  We 
consult  with  edc,  and  maybe  we  will  boost  the  amount  of  training,  or  find  a  new 
strategy  for  training  them  in  the  same  job  but  approaching  it  in  a  different  way.  Then, 
we've  had  cases  where  we  just  had  to  move  them  to  something  else.  But  we  always 
find  a  spot  for  them. 

"Everything  depends  upon  the  individual,"  she  says.  "Each  one  is  unique.  You 
can't  say,  'Well,  this  person  has  cerebral  palsy,  so  she  will  be  like  this.'  That's  not 
true.  They  are  as  varied  as  everyone  else.  Some  are  very  mature  in  their  judgment; 
others  may  be  insecure  because  of  their  disability  and  fear  of  failure.  And  maybe 
people  have  always  given  them  problems  because  of  their  disability.  We  try  to  put 
them  at  ease.  Tf  you  mess  up,'  we  say,  'don't  worry  about  it.  We  can  fix  it.  Every- 
thing is  fixable." 

At  first  Huffman  was  "a  little  apprehensive"  about  evaluating  the  clients  because 
"you  want  to  be  kind.  But  you  have  to  be  as  objective  as  you  can  because  you  are 
benefiting  them  by  doing  that.  If  you  say,  'Oh,  you're  doing  a  good  job,'  and  they  re- 
ally are  not,  you  undermine  the  whole  program." 

For  museums  considering  a  training  program  for  disabled  persons,  Huffman  ad- 
vises doing  a  lot  of  groundwork.  "Most  important,  you  need  to  set  the  program  up 
right  by  working  with  someone,  or  some  institution,  that  knows  about  rehabilita- 
tion. Doing  it  on  your  own  without  any  background  in  rehab  could  be  pretty  frus- 
trating, I'd  think." 

No  doubt  it  is  also  an  asset  to  have  someone  with  Huffman's  enthusiasm  and  ded- 
ication involved  in  making  the  program  work.  "It  is  my  focus,"  she  says,  "and  has 
been  for  many  years." 

Right  now  she  is  looking  into  ways  that  the  program  at  Southern  Illinois  Uni- 
versity might  be  expanded.  One  hope  is  to  get  grant  support  so  that  the  museum 
could  provide  stipends  and  thus  extend  the  training  for  a  longer  period  of  time.  She 
would  also  like  to  do  some  pilot  studies  to  encourage  other  museums  to  undertake 
similar  training.  The  field  has  barely  been  explored,  she  feels,  and  it  has  "vast  po- 
tential," both  for  disabled  persons  and  for  museums. 


One  ofSIU's  retrained  clerical  workers. 


TIM-:    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

156 


UNIVERSITY    MUSEUM    /    SOUTHERN    ILLINOIS    UNIVERSITY 

157 


Bibliography 


GENERAL 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

Allen,  Anne,  and  George  Allen.  Everyone  Can  Win:  Opportunities  and  Programs  in 
the  Arts  for  the  Disabled.  McLean,  Va.:  EPM  Publications,  1988. 

American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  Barrier  Free  in  Brief:  Access 
to  Science  Literacy.  Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  Project  on  Science,  Technology,  and  Disability,  1991.  (Also  avail- 
able in  cassette  form  through  Recording  for  the  Blind.) 

Arts  and  Disabled  People.  London:  Bedford  Square  Press,  for  Carnegie  United  King- 
dom Trust,  1985. 

Association  of  Science -Technology  Centers.  Access  to  Cultural  Opportunities:  Muse- 
ums and  the  Handicapped.  Proceedings  of  the  conference  of  the  same  name  held 
on  February  22-24,  *979  m  Washington,  D.C.  Washington,  D.C.:  Association  of 
Science-Technology  Centers,  1980.  189  pp.  bibliog. 

Association  of  Science-Technology  Centers.  Natural  Partners:  How  Science 
Centers  and  Community  Groups  Can  Team  Up  to  Increase  Science  Literacy. 
Proceedings  of  a  workshop  on  the  participation  of  women,  minorities,  and 
disabled  people  in  science  museums.  Edited  by  Lynda  Martin-McCormick. 
Washington,  D.C:  Association  of  Science-Technology  Centers  and  the 
American  Association  for  Advance  of  Science,  Office  of  Opportunities, 
1987.  48  pp. 

Berry,  Nancy.  "Special  Audiences:  Diagnosis  and  Treatment."  In  Public  View:  The 
/COM  Handbook  of  Museum  Public  Relations,  pp.  26-33.  Paris:  ICOM,  1986. 

Booth,  Jeanette  I  lauck,  Gerald  Krockover,  and  Paula  R.  Woods.  "Working  with  Spe- 


[58 


cial  Groups."  In  Creative  Museum  Methods  and  Educational  Techniques,  pp. 
104-18.  Springfield:  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1982. 

Collins,  Zipporah  W.,  ed.  Museums,  Adults  and  the  Humanities:  A  Guide  for  Edu- 
cational Programming.  Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  of  Museums, 
1981.399  pp. 

Davidson,  Betty.  Museum  Exhibits  and  Programs:  Are  They  Accessible  to  Disabled 
Users? A  Model  Evaluation  Procedure.  Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science,  Project  on  Science,  Technology,  and  Disability,  1987. 

Davidson,  Betty.  "The  Special  Needs  Audience."  In  New  Dimensions  for  Traditional 
Dioramas:  Multisensory  Additions  for  Access,  Interest  and  Teaming,  pp.  50-58. 
Boston:  Museum  of  Science,  1991.  82  pp. 

Davidson,  Betty.  People  With  Disabilities:  An  Untapped  Source  of  Museum  Volun- 
teers. Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Project  on  Science,  Technology,  and  Disability,  1987. 

Gosling,  David.  "Disabled  Visitors."  In  The  Design  of  Educational  Exhibits,  com- 
piled by  Roger  S.  Miles,  in  collaboration  with  M.  B.  Alt  et  al.,  pp.  102-05.  2d  rev. 
edition.  London  and  Boston:  Allen  &  Unwin,  1988. 

Hands-On  Museums:  Partners  in  Learning.  Washington,  D.C.:  Educational  Facili- 
ties Laboratories,  for  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  1975. 

Kamien,  Janet.  "How  Do  Special  Needs  Alter  Arts  Education  Programs  Outside  the 
Regular  Classroom  Setting:  An  Example  from  the  Children's  Museum  in  Boston." 
In  The  Arts  Educator  and  Children  with  Special  Needs:  Conference  Report.  Wash- 
ington, D.C.:  The  National  Committee,  Arts  for  the  Handicapped,  1978. 

Kamien,  Janet.  What  If  You  Couldn't?  A  Book  about  Special  Needs.  New  York: 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1979.  83  pp. 

Kamien,  Janet,  and  Amy  Goldbas.  Museum  Experiences  for  Families  with  Severely 
Disabled  Kids.  .  .  .  A  Program  from  The  Boston  Children's  Museum.  Boston:  The 
Boston  Children's  Museum,  1981.  31  pp. 

Kennedy,  Jeff.  User  Friendly:  Hands-On  Exhibits  That  Work.  Washington,  D.C.:  As- 
sociation of  Science-Technology  Centers,  1990. 

Kenney,  Alice  P.  "Compel  Them  to  Come  In."  In  Museum  Education  Anthology 
1973-1983,  pp.  78-82.  Edited  by  Susan  K.  Nichols.  Washington,  D.C.:  Museum 
Education  Roundtable,  1984.  258  pp.  (First  published  in  The  Journal  of  Museum 
Education:  Roundtable  Reports  6  (2):  3-4,  14  (1981).) 

Majewski,  Janice.  Part  of  Your  General  Public  Is  Disabled:  A  Handbook  for  Guides  in 
Museums,  Zoos,  and  Historic  Houses.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  for  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education,  1987.  83  pp.  bibliog.  (Also 
available  is  Disabled  Museum  Visitors:  Part  of  Your  General  Public,  a  videotape  in 
vhs,  beta,  and  3/4"  formats  and  a  manual  in  audio  cassette  and  braille  format.) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

159 


Matyas,  Marsha  Lakes,  and  Lynda  Martin-McCormick.  iggo  Survey  for  Participa- 
tion in  Science  Centers  by  Underserved  Groups.  Washington,  D.C.:  Association 
of  Science-Technology  Centers,  forthcoming. 

Mertz,  Greg.  An  Object  in  the  Hand:  Museum  Educational  Outreach  for  the  Elderly, 
Incarcerated  &  Disabled.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution  Collabora- 
tive Educational  Outreach  Program,  1981.  64  pp. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  Help  for  the  Special  Educator:  Taking  a  Field  Trip 
to  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  New  York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art, 
1981.  40  pp. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  Museums  and  the  Disabled.  New  York:  The  Met- 
ropolitan Museum  of  Art,  1979.  44  pp.,  bibliog. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  Standards  for  Signs  and  Labels  in  The  Metropol- 
itan Museum  of  Art.  New  York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  In  preparation. 

Munley,  Mary  Ellen,  and  Jeff  Hayward.  Museums:  Opening  Doors  and  Expanding 
Awareness.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  National  Museum  of 
American  Art,  1989. 

Museums  Without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled.  Papers  presented  at  a  con- 
ference organized  by  Fondation  de  France  on  November  7-8, 1988  in  Paris.  Lon- 
don and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991.  bibliog. 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  and  The  President's  Committee  on  Employment 
of  the  Handicapped.  Profiles  in  the  Arts.  Edited  by  Marcia  Sartwell.  Washington, 
D.C.:  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1986.  70  pp. 

Newsome,  Barbara  Y,  Adele  Z.  Silver,  eds.  "Museums  and  Community:  Special  Au- 
diences." In  The  Art  Museum  as  Educator:  A  Collection  of  Studies  to  Practice  and 
Policy,  pp.  159-176.  Berkeley,  Calif.:  University  of  California  Press,  1978.  830  pp. 

Ontario  Ministry  of  Citizenship  and  Culture.  "The  Community  Museum  and  the  Dis- 
abled Visitor. "  Ontario  Museum  Notes:  Practical  Information  on  Operating  a 
Community  Museum,  no.  12.  Toronto,  Ontario:  Ontario  Ministry  of  Citizenship 
and  Culture,  1985. 

Owen,  Mary  Jane,  ed.  Developing  Museum  Experiences  for  the  Handicapped:  A  Gath- 
ering of  Information  Related  to  the  Question  of  Accommodation  and  Accessibility 
within  Museums.  Oakland,  Calif.:  The  Western  Association  of  Museums,  1978. 

Park,  David  C,  Wendy  M.  Ross,  and  W  Kay  Ellis.  Interpretation  for  Disabled  Visi- 
tors in  the  National  Park  System.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  National  Park  Service, 
Special  Programs  and  Populations  Branch,  1986.  107  pp. 

Pearson,  Anne.  Arts  for  Everyone:  Guidance  on  Provision  for  Disabled  People.  Lon- 
don: Carnegie  United  Kingdom  Trust  and  Centre  on  Environment  for  the  Hand- 
icapped, 1985.  110  pp. 

Scottish  Museums  Council.  Museums  Are  for  People.  Edinburgh:  hmso,  1985. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
l60 


The  Smithsonian  Institution.  Museums  and  Handicapped  Students:  Guidelines  for 
Educators.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1977.  163  pp.,  bibliog. 

Sorrell,  D.  S.,  ed.  Museums  and  the  Handicapped.  Seminar  organized  by  the  Group 
for  Educational  Services  in  Museums,  Departments  of  Museum  Studies  and  Adult 
Education,  University  of  Leicester,  England.  Leicester,  England:  Leicestershire 
Museums,  Art  Galleries,  and  Records  Service,  1976.  68  pp.,  bibliog. 

This  Way  Please:  For  Easier  Access  to  the  Arts,  Helping  Clients  with  Disability.  Ed- 
inburgh: Artlink  and  Scottish  Arts  Council,  1989.  4  pp. 

The  Use  of  Museums  by  Disabled  People.  CEH  Seminar.  Some  Practical  Considera- 
tions. London:  Centre  for  Environment  for  the  Handicapped,  and  Royal  National 
Institute  for  the  Blind,  1980. 

Journals 

Bardt-Pellerin,  Elisabeth.  "An  Experiment:  Guiding  Handicapped  Children  in  the 

Museum."  Gazette  14  (1-2):  18-30  (1981). 
Bark,  Lois.  "Museum  Experience  for  the  Exceptional  Child."  Museum  News  46  (2): 

33-35  (1967)- 
Burkhalter,  Bettye  B.,  and  Alexia  M.  Kartis.  "Planning  the  Recreational-Educational 

Complex  of  the  Alabama  Space  and  Rocket  Center."  CEFP  Journal  21 :  13-15  (Jan- 
uary-February 1983). 

Callow,  Kathy  B.  "Museums  and  the  Disabled."  Museums  Journal  74  (2):  70-72  (1974). 

Cook,  Allison  D.  "New  York  City's  Community  Art  Resource  for  Disabled  Persons." 
New  York  Community  Art  Resource  3  (387):  (December  1984). 

"Focus  on  the  Disabled:  Challenge  for  Museums:  Identifying  and  Defining  the  Task, 
Issue  I."  Special  issue  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Majewski.  Round- 
table  Reports:  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  6  (2):  (1981). 

"Focus  on  the  Disabled  Museum  Visitor:  Solutions  Offered,  Programs  Described,  and 
Resources  Listed."  Special  issue  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Ma- 
jewski. Roundtable  Reports:  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  6  (3):  (1981). 

Gee,  Maureen.  "The  Power  to  Act."  Museum  33  (3):  133-38  (1981). 

Harrison,  Molly.  "Handicapped  Children  and  Museums."  Museums  Journal  59  (5): 
101-102  (1959). 

Heath,  Alison  M.  "Common  Sense,  Patience  and  Enthusiasm."  Museum  33  (3): 

J39-45  (1981). 

Heath,  Alison  M.  "The  Same  Only  More  So:  Museums  and  the  Handicapped  Visi- 
tor." Museums  Journal  76  (2):  56-58  (1976). 

Heakes,  Norma.  "Serving  the  Handicapped."  Toronto  Royal  Ontario  Museum 
Journal  I:  (Spring  1966). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 
l6l 


Inglis,  Robin  R.  "Editorial:  Museums  and  the  Handicapped."  Gazette  n  (3):  2-6  (1978). 
Judson,  Bay.  "Special  Needs  Students  at  the  Museum  of  Art."  Carnegie  Magazine  55 

(9):34-37(I98i)- 

Kamien,  Janet.  "A  Question  of  Accessibility."  In  special  issue  "Focus  on  the  Disabled" 
edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Majewski.  The  Journal  of  Museum  Ed- 
ucation: Roundtable  Reports  6  (2):  5-7  (1981). 

Keen,  Carolyn.  "Visitor  Services  and  People  with  a  Disability."  Museums  Journal  84 

(0 :  33-38  (1984). 

Kelly,  Elisabeth.  "New  Services  for  the  Disabled  in  American  Museums."  Museums 

Journal^  (3):  157-59  {l9%2)- 
Kenney,  Alice  P.  "Museums  Are  for  You."  Lifeprints:  17-23  (April-March  1984). 
Kenney,  Alice  P.  et  al.  "The  Challenge  for  Museums:  Identifying  and  Defining  the 

Task."  Roundtable  Reports:  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  6  (2):  3-7,  14 

(1981). 

Madden,  Joan  C,  and  Judith  White.  "Joining  Forces:  Reaching  Out  to  Special  Au- 
diences." Museum  News  60  (4):  38-41  (1982). 

Marez  Oyens,  Johannes  de.  "Nine  Varieties  of  Handicap."  Museum  33  (3):  158-59 

(1981). 
Marti,  Laurent.  "For  the  Future:  The  International  Red  Cross  Museum  in  Geneva." 

Museum  33  (3):  194-96  (1981). 
Mims,  Sandra  K.  "Art  Museums  and  Special  Audiences."  School  Arts  81  (7):  32-33 

(1982). 
Molloy,  Larry.  "Museum  Accessibility:  The  Continuing  Dialog."  Museum  News  60 

(2):  50-57  (!98i). 

"Museums  and  Disabled  Persons."  Special  issue.  Museum  33  (3):  125-95  (I98i)- 

"Museums  and  Disabled  People."  Special  issue  edited  by  Camilla  Boodle.  Museum 
News:  The  Journal  of  National  Heritage,  The  Museums  Action  Movement,  Lon- 
don 45:  (Autumn  1989).  8  pp. 

Palmer,  Cheryl  P.  "Accessibility  for  All."  SEMC  Journal:  9-14  (1979). 

Paskowsky,  Michael.  "Accommodating  the  Disabled:  How  Much  Is  Enough?"  The 
Interpreter  18  (3):  16-19  (1987). 

Pearson,  Anne.  "The  Vicious  Circle:  Museum  Education  and  Handicapped  People 
in  Some  London  Museums."  Journal  of  Education  in  Museums  3:  5-7  (1982). 

Plominska,  Sophia  M.  "Glimpses  of  Special  Activities  in  Poland."  Museum  33  (3): 
183-85  (1981). 

Rheaume,  Paul  H.  "A  Hands-On  Approach  for  Don't  Touch  Exhibits."  Curator  31 
(2):  96-98  (1988). 

Sharpe,  Elizabeth.  "Docents  Experience  Museum  Visit  as  Disabled  Visitors."  In  spe- 
cial issue  "Focus  on  the  Disabled  Museum  Visitor"  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
162 


with  Janice  Majewski.  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education:  Roundtable  Reports  6 
(3):  6-7  (1981). 

Snider,  Harold.  "The  Inviting  Air  of  an  Accessible  Space.-"  Museum  News  55  (3): 
18-20  (1977). 

Terry,  Paula.  ""New  Rules  Will  Require  Even  Greater  Access  to  Museums. "  Museum 
News  69  (1):  26-28  (1990). 

Tillett,  Susan  P.  "Private  Museum  Makes  Accessibility  Commitment."  In  special  is- 
sue "Focus  on  the  Disabled  Museum  Visitor1'  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with 
Janice  Majewski.  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education:  Roundtable  Reports  6  (3): 
2,  8,  12-14  il9&1)- 

Treff,  Hans-Albert.  "Educating  the  Public.'"  Special  issue  on  Museums  and  Disabled 
Persons.  Museum  33  (3):  151-155  (1981). 

Tsuruta,  Soichiro.  "Adaptations  in  Japan."  Special  issue  on  Museums  and  Disabled 
Persons.  Museum  33  (3):  185-187  (1981). 

VISUAL   IMPAIRMENTS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

American  Foundation  for  the  Blind.  Nature  Trails,  Braille  Trails,  Fragrance  Gar- 
dens: Touch  Museums  for  the  Blind:  Policy  Statement.  New  York:  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind,  1973. 

Appreciation  of  Art  and  Cultural  Heritage.  Glasgow:  Royal  National  Institute  for  the 
Blind  and  ebu  Commission  on  Cultural  Affairs,  1991. 

Arts  Education  for  the  Blind.  AEB  Newsletter:  New  Methodology  for  Museum  Ac- 
cessibility. Whitney  Museum,  New  York. 

Arts  for  Blind  and  Visually  Impaired  People.  New  York:  Educational  Facilities  Lab- 
oratories, 1978. 

Coles,  Peter.  Please  Touch:  An  Evaluation  of  the  "Please  Touch"  Exhibition  at  the 
British  Museum,  gist  March  to  8th  May  ig8g.  Dunfermline,  Fife:  Committee  of 
Inquiry  into  the  Arts  and  Disabled  People,  1984. 

Directory  of  Museums  with  Facilities  for  Visually  Handicapped  People.  London: 
Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind,  1988.  31  pp. 

Duncan,  John,  Calasha  Gish,  Mary  Ellen  Mulholland,  and  Alex  Townsend.  Envi- 
ronmental Modifications  for  the  Visually  Impaired:  A  Handbook.  New  York: 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind,  1977. 

Freeman,  F.  Shape  and  Form:  A  Tactile  Exploration.  New  York:  Metropolitan  Mu- 
seum of  Art,  1977. 

Groff,  Gerda,  with  Laura  Garner.  What  Museum  Guides  Need  to  Know:  Access  for 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

163 


Blind  and  Visually  Impaired  Visitors.  New  York:  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind,  1989.  55  pp.,  bibliog. 

Hulser,  Richard  P.  Mainstreaming  the  Visually  Handicapped  in  the  Hall  of  Mete- 
orites, Minerals  and  Gems  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  1979. 

Kelley,  Jerry  D.  Recreation  Programming  for  Visually  Impaired  Children  and  Youth. 
New  York:  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind,  1981. 

Lisenco,  Yasha.  Art  Not  by  Eye:  The  Previously  Sighted  Visually  Impaired  Adult  in 
Fine  Arts  Programs.  New  York:  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind,  1971. 

The  Museum  and  the  Visually  Impaired:  The  Report  of  the  Work  Group  on  Facilities 
for  the  Visually  Impaired.  Toronto,  Canada:  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  1980. 

Pearson,  Anne,  and  Marcus  Weisen.  Talking  Touch.  Proceedings  of  a  conference  at 
the  Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  on  the  Use  of  Touch  in  Museums  and 
Galleries.  London:  Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind,  1988. 

Perceiving  Modern  Sculpture:  Selections  for  the  Sighted  and  Nonsighted.  New  York: 
New  York  University,  Grey  Art  Gallery  and  Study  Center.  1980. 

Rodriguez,  S.  "An  Art  Program  for  Visually  Impaired  Children."  In  Prism:  The 
Arts  and  the  Handicapped.  Pittsburgh,  Pa.:  Museum  of  Art,  Carnegie  Institute, 
1981. 

Royal  Ontario  Museum.  The  Museum  and  the  Visually  Impaired:  The  Report  of  the 
Work  Group  on  Facilities  for  the  Visually  Impaired.  Toronto,  Ontario:  Royal  On- 
tario Museum,  1980.  23  pp.  bibliog. 

Shore,  Irma,  and  Beatrice  Jacinto.  Access  to  Art:  A  Museum  Directory  for  Blind  and 
Visually  Impaired  People.  New  York:  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  and  Mu- 
seum of  American  Folk  Art,  1989.  129  pp.,  bibliog. 

Sheets,  Ruth  A.  "Becoming  Involved  in  the  Museum  Experience."  In  New  Attitudes 
at  the  Museum,  edited  by  Dana  Walker,  pp.  9-11.  Washington,  D.C.:  American 
Council  for  the  Blind,  1985.  26  pp. 

Stanford,  Charles  W  Art  for  Humanity's  Sake:  The  Story  of  the  Mary  Duke  Biddle 
Gallery  for  the  Blind.  Raleigh,  N.C.:  North  Carolina  Museum  of  Art,  1976. 

Stukey,  Kenneth.  "Experiencing  the  Museum."  In  New  Attitudes  at  the  Museum, 
edited  by  Dana  Walker,  pp.  12-15.  Washington,  D.C.:  American  Council  of  the 
Blind,  1985.  26  pp. 

Talking  Touch:  Report  on  a  Seminar  on  the  Use  of  Touch  in  Museums  and  Galleries 
Held  at  the  Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  on  29th  February  ig88.  Jointly 
organized  with  Museums  and  Galleries  Disability  Association  (magda).  London: 
Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind,  1988.  50  pp. 

Walker,  Dana,  ed.  New  Attitudes  at  the  Museum.  Panel  Discussion  held  in  Philadel- 
phia, Pennsylvania  on  July  2, 1984.  Philadelphia:  American  Council  of  the  Blind, 
Friends  in  Art,  1985. 


Illl,    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
164 


Weisen,  Marcus,  and  David  Hammond.  Proposal  for  a  Tactile  Museum  of  Environ- 
mental Discovery.  London:  Royal  National  Institute  for  the  Blind,  1987.  95  pp.. 
7  appendices,  bibliog. 

Wexell,  Astrid.  "Tactile  Pictures  in  Stockholm. "  Museum  33  (3):  180-83  (1981). 


Journals 

Alphen,  Jan  van.  "Along  the  Tigris  and  the  Euphrates."  The  Art  Horizons,  1990:  Re- 
port of  European  Blind  Union  Conference  in  International  Journal  of  Museum 
Management  and  Curatorship  4  (3):  295-6  (1985). 

"An  Art  Gallery  for  the  Blind."  Programs  for  the  Handicapped  75  (8):  11-13  (1975). 

Astone,  Judy,  Carolyn  0.  Blackmon,  Joseph  Buckley,  and  William  Ingersol.  "Setting 
Priorities.'"  Museum  News  55  (3):  30-31,  45  (1977). 

Bartlett,  J.  E.  "Museums  and  the  Blind."  Museums  Journal  54  (11):  (1959). 

Bateman,  Penny.  "Human  Touch"  British  Museum  Exhibition  6  Feb.  to  16  March 
1986,  Comments  and  Ideas."  British  Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  4:  77-79  (Sum- 
mer 1986). 

Bourgeois-Lechartier,  Michel.  "At  Lons-le-Saunier  (France).  Friendship:  The  Most 
Powerful  Force."  Museum  33  (3):  160-65  i1^1)- 

Bronsdon  Rowan,  Madeline,  and  Sally  Rogow.  "Making  Museums  Meaningful  for 
Blind  Children."  Gazette  11  (3):  36-41  (1978). 

Byrne,  S.  "Design  for  a  Mobile,  Audio-Tactile  Exhibition  for  Blind  and  Sighted 
School- Age  Children."  The  New  Outlook  for  the  Blind  68  (6):  252-59  (1974). 

Calhoun,  Sally  N.  "On  the  Edge  of  Vision."  Museum  News  52  (7):  36-41  (1974). 

Covington,  George  A.  "Photography  Aids  Visually  Impaired  Museum  Visitors."  In 
special  issue  "Focus  on  the  Disabled"  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Jan  Ma- 
jewski.  Roundtable  Reports:  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  6  (2):  6-7  (1981). 

Cronk,  Michael  Sam.  "Blindness  and  the  Museum  Experience."  Ontario  Museum 
Quarterly,  Toronto  (12)  3:  13-15  (September  1983). 

Delevoy-Otlet,  S.  "A  Museum  for  the  Blind:  The  Royal  Museums  of  Art  and  History, 
Brussels."  Museum  28  (3):  178-80  (1976). 

De  Wyngaert,  Laura.  "Art  for  the  Blind.  ..."  Arts  and  Activities  73:  30-32  (1973). 

Duczmal-Pacowska,  Halina.  "The  Museum  and  the  Blind."  Museum  28  (3) =176  (1976). 

Duczmal-Pacowska,  Halina.  "Why  Not  Science  Exhibitions  for  the  Blind?  Museum 
28  (3):  176-77  (1976). 

Duncan,  John  et  al.  "Environmental  Modifications  for  the  Visually  Impaired."  Jour- 
nal of  Visual  Impairment  &  Blindness  71  (10):  442-55  (1977). 

Faviere,  Jean.  "The  Museum  and  the  Blind:  Introduction."  Museum  28  (3):  176  (1976). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

165 


Faviere,  Jean,  Halina  Duczmal,  and  S.  Delevoy-Otlet.  "The  Museum  and  the  Blind." 

Museum  28  (3):  172-76  (1976). 
Ford  Smith,  James.  "A  Sense  of  Touch. "  Museums  Journal^  83  (2-3):  143  (1983). 
Freer,  Margaret  E.  "An  Art  Experience  through  Touch."  Braille  Forum  11  (5):  3-6 

(i973)- 
Goldberg,  Joshua.  "In  Praise  of  Darkness:  The  'Hands-on  Japan'  Exhibition."  Mu- 
seum 33  (3):  187-92  (1981). 
Haseltine,  James  L.  "Please  Touch."  Museum  News  45  (2):  n-16  (1966). 
Henriksen,  Harry  C.  "Your  Museum:  A  Resource  for  the  Blind."  Museum  News  50  (2): 

26-28  (1971). 
Hunt,  Susan.  "An  Exhibit  for  Touching."  Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  &  Blindness 

73  (9):  364-66  (1979). 
Kenney,  Alice  P.  "A  Range  of  Vision:  Museum  Accommodations  for  Visually  Impaired 

People."  Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  &  Blindness  77  (7):  325-29  (1983). 
Kolar,  Judith  Rena.  "A  Bird  in  the  Hand:  Planning  a  Zoo  Program  for  the  Blind." 

Curator  24  (2):  97-108  (1981). 
Lehon,  Lester  H.  "Development  of  Lighting  Standards  for  the  Visually  Impaired." 

Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  &  Blindness  74  (7):  249-53  (1980). 
Libin,  Laurence.  "To  Touch  and  Hear:  A  Musical  Instruments  Exhibition  for  the 

Blind."  ICOM Education,  ICOM-CECA  7:  36-37  (1975-76). 
Maynard,  Merrill  A.  "Museums  Are  a  Resource  for  the  Blind."  Dialogue  24  (3):  83-84 

(1985)- 
Moore,  George.  "Displays  for  the  Sightless."  Curator  11  (4):  292-96  (1968). 

Nair,  S.  N.  "Special  Programmes  for  Blind  Children  at  the  National  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History,  New  Delhi,  India."  Museum  33  (3):  174-75  (1981). 

Pearson,  Anne.  "Please  Touch:  An  Exhibition  of  Animal  Sculpture  at  the  British  Mu- 
seum." International  Journal  of  Museum  Management  and  Curatorship  3  (4): 
373-78  (1984). 

Pearson,  Fiona.  "Sculpture  for  the  Blind:  National  Museum  of  Wales."  Museums 
Journal  81  (1):  35-37  (1981). 

Pierotti,  R.  "Be,  See,  Touch,  Respond."  Museum  News  52:  43-48  (1973). 

Raff  ay,  Monique.  "The  Arts  through  Touch  Perception:  Present  Trends  and  Future 
Prospects."  British  Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  6  (2):  63-65  (1988). 

Rowan,  Madeline  B.,  and  Sally  Rogow.  "Making  Museums  Meaningful  for  Blind 
Children."  Gazette  11  (3):  36-41  (1978). 

Rowland,  William.  "An  Experiment  in  Art  Appreciation  by  Touch."  New  Beacon 
58  (685):  115-17  (1974). 

Rowland,  William.  "Museums  and  the  Blind:  It  Feels  Like  a  Flower  ..."  /COM News 
26  (3):  117-21  (1973). 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

1 06 


Rubin,  Judith  A.  "The  Exploration  of  a  'Tactile  Aesthetic'."  New  Outlook  for  the 

Blind -jo  (9):  369-75  (1976). 
Scherf-Smith,  Patricia.  "Against  Segregating  the  Blind."  Museum  News  55  (3):  10-11 

(I977)- 

Seven,  Steven  M.  "Environmental  Interpretation  for  the  Visually  Impaired."  Edu- 
cation of  the  Visually  Handicapped  12:  53-58  (Summer  1980). 

Sheets,  R.  A.  "Sharing  the  Museum  Experience."  Braille  Forum  23: 12-16  (January  1985). 

Shore,  Irma.  "Designing  Exhibits  for  the  Visually  Impaired."  Museum  News  67  (2): 
62-64  (1988). 

Snider,  Harold.  "Arts  for  the  Blind  and  Visually  Impaired:  A  View  from  the  Jun- 
gle." The  Braille  Monitor:  40-43  (February  1978). 

Snider,  Harold.  "Museum  Integration."  The  New  Beacon  61  (719).  London:  Royal 
Institute  for  the  Blind. 

Snider,  Harold.  "Museums  and  the  Blind:  A  Look  Ahead."  The  Braille  Monitor: 
465-67  (September  1976). 

Stanford,  Charles  W.  "Knowing  Art  in  a  Museum  through  the  Perception  of  Touch." 
North  Carolina  Art  Museum  Bulletin  8  (2):  4-11  (1968). 

Stanford,  Charles  W.  "A  Museum  Gallery  for  the  Blind."  Museum  News  44  (10): 
18-23  (1966). 

Steiner,  Charles  K.  "Art  Museums  and  the  Visually  Handicapped  Consumer:  Some 
Issues  in  Approach  and  Design."  Journal  of  Visual  Impairment  &  Blindness  77 

(7):  330-33  (1983)- 
Steiner,  Charles  K.,  Amy  German,  Wolfgang  Brolley,  "Helping  Hearing-Disabled 

Visitors  and  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art."  Their  Worlds  1982.  (Publication 

of  Foundation  for  Children  with  Hearing  Disabilities) 
"The  Tactual  Museum  of  Athens:  An  Educational  Resource  for  the  Blind."  Mu- 

seum(i62):  78-79  (1989). 
Toll,  Dove.  "Should  Museums  Serve  the  Visually  Handicapped?"  The  New  Outlook 

for  the  Blind  69  (10):  461-64  (1975). 
Watkins,  Malcolm  J.  "A  Small  Handling  Table  for  Blind  Visitors."  Museums  Jour- 

10/75(1):  29-30  (1975). 

HEARING   IMPAIRMENTS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

Banks,  Geraldine,  and  Mary  Pulsifer.  "Good  Impressions."  Perspectives  for  Teach- 
ers of  the  Hearing  Impaired  4  (3):  6-9  (1986). 

Bergman,  Eugene.  Arts  Accessibility  for  the  Deaf  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Access 
Center,  1981.  24  pp. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

167 


Bizaguet,  Eric.  "Sufferers  from  Defective  Hearing  and  the  New  Techniques  for  Com- 
munication." In  Museums  without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled,  pp. 
156-59.  London  and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

Bouchauveau,  Guy.  "Reception  Services  for  the  Deaf  at  the  Cite  des  Sciences  et  de 
Flndustrie  at  La  Villette  in  Paris.r>  In  Museums  without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for 
the  Disabled,  pp.  160-62.  London  and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

Derycke,  Beatrice.  "International  Visual  Art  for  the  Deaf."  In  Museums  without  Bar- 
riers: A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled,  pp.  163-164.  London  and  New  York:  Rout- 
ledge, 1991. 

Fellman,  Meri.  Programs  for  Deaf  Visitors  at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum: 
Research  Study.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum,  1977. 

Harkness,  Sarah  P.  Building  Without  Barriers  for  the  Disabled.  New  York:  Whitney 
Library  of  Design,  1976. 

Landmark  Society  of  Western  New  York.  Museums  Are  for  Everyone:  Accessibility 
for  the  Hearing  Impaired.  Rochester,  N.Y.:  The  Landmark  Society  of  Western 
New  York,  1982. 

Morgan,  Michelle.  Notes  on  Design  Criteria  for  People  with  Deafness.  Washington, 
D.C.:  The  American  Institute  of  Architects,  1976. 

Sign-Language  Program.  New  York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  Division  of 
Education  Services,  Spring  1989. 

Walker,  Lou  Ann,  and  Nancy  Rosenblatt  Richner.  Museum  Accessibility  for  Hear- 
ing-Impaired People.  New  York:  The  Modern  Museum  of  Art,  1983.  97  pp. 

Willard,  Tom.  Arts  and  Museum  Accessibility  for  Deaf  and  Hard  of  Hearing  People. 
Rochester,  N.Y.:  Deaf  Artists  of  America,  1991.  32  pp. 


Journals 

Breunig,  H.  Latham.  "About  the  Hearing-Impaired  Audience."  In  special  issue  "Fo- 
cus on  the  Disabled"  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Majewski.  The  Jour- 
nal of  Museum  Education:  Roundtable  Reports  6  (2):  9-11  (1981). 

Feeley,  Jennifer.  "The  'Listening  Eye':  Tours  for  the  Deaf  in  San  Francisco  Bay  Area 
Museums."  Museum  Studies  Journal  2  (1):  36-49  (1985). 

Novik,  Sandra  P.  "Museum  Characteristics  Advantageous  for  Education  of  the  Deaf." 
Journal  for  the  Rehabilitation  of the  Deaf '17  (3):  5-12  (1983). 

Sutherland,  Mimi.  "Total  Communication."  Museum  News  55  (3):  24-26  (1977). 

Tennenbaum,  Paula.  "Soundtracks:  Intern  Develops  New  Audiences."  The  Museol- 
ogist  46  (167):  8-10  (Spring  1984). 


I  1 1  E    ACCESSIBLE    M  U  S  E U  M 

168 


LEARNING    IMPAIRMENTS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

Artymowski,  Jan  D.  "Services  for  the  Mentally  Handicapped  at  the  Royal  Castle  in 
Warsaw,  Poland.'1  In  Museums  without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled, 
pp.  181-186.  London  and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

de  Ponthieu,  Jean.  "Art  and  Museums  Even  for  Those  Who  Suffer  the  Worst  Dis- 
advantage." In  Museums  without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled,  pp. 
167-171.  London  and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  Museum  Education  for  Retarded  Adults:  Reach- 
ing Out  to  a  Neglected  Audience.  New  York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art, 
1979.  47  pp.  bibliog. 

Reising,  Gert.  "The  National  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  in  Karlsruhe,  Germany."  In  Mu- 
seums without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled,  pp.  177-180.  London  and 
New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

Steiner,  Charles  K.  "Museum  Programmes  Designed  for  Mentally  Disabled  Visitors." 
In  Museums  without  Barriers:  A  New  Deal  for  the  Disabled,  pp.  172-176.  Lon- 
don and  New  York:  Routledge,  1991. 

Steiner,  Charles  K.  Museums:  A  Resource  for  the  Learning  Disabled.  2d  ed.  New 
York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  Division  of  Education  Services,  1984. 

32PP- 
Steiner,  Charles  K.,  Amy  German,  and  Wolfgang  Rrolley.  "Helping  Learning  Dis- 
abled Visitors  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art."  In  Their  World,  pp.  76-77. 
New  York:  Foundation  for  Children  with  Learning  Disabilities,  1983. 


Journals 

Ouertani,  Nayla.  "A  New  Source  of  Hope:  A  Scheme  for  Mentally  Handicapped 
Children  in  Tunisia."  Museum  33  (3):  172-173  (1981). 

Schleien,  Stuart  J.  et  al.  "Integrating  Children  with  Moderate  to  Severe  Cognitive 
Deficits  into  a  Community  Museum  Program."  Education  and  Training  in  Men- 
tal Retardation  22  (2):  112-20  (1987). 

Steiner,  Charles  K.  "Reaching  the  Mentally  Handicapped."  Museum  News  56  (6): 
19-23(1978). 

Steiner,  Charles  K.  "The  Met  and  Mentally  Retarded  Museum-Goers."  In  special  is- 
sue "Focus  on  the  Disabled"  edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Majew- 
ski.The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  6  (3):  7-8  (1981). 


RIBLIOGRAPHY 

169 


PHYSICAL    DISABILITIES 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

Richard,  Anne.  Able  to  Attend:  A  Good  Practice  Guide  on  Access  to  Events  for  Dis- 
abled People.  London:  NCVO  Employment  Unit,  1987.  30  pp. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution.  Smithsonian:  A  Guide  for  Disabled  Visitors.  Washing- 
ton, D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1989.  27  pp. 

Journals 

Ashby,  Helen.  "York  'Please  Touch'  Workshop."  Museums  Journal 89  (8):  11  (1989). 
Kenney,  Alice  P.  "Museums  from  a  Wheelchair."  Museum  News  53  (4):  14-17  (1974). 
Kenney,  Alice  P.  "A  Test  of  Barrier-Free  Design."  Museum  News  55  (3):  27-29 

(I977)- 
Westerlund,  Stella,  and  Thomas  Knuthammar.  "Handicaps  Prohibited — Trav- 
elling Exhibition  in  Sweden."  Museum  33  (3):  176-79  (19082). 

OLDER    PERSONS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

American  Association  of  Retired  Persons.  Attracting  Older  Americans  to  Museums: 
A  Guide  for  Museum  Educators.  Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  of 
Retired  Persons,  Institute  of  Lifetime  Learning,  1985.  28  pp. 

American  Association  of  Retired  Persons.  Museum  Opportunities  for  Older  Persons. 
Washington,  D.C.:  American  Association  of  Retired  Persons,  1984.  16  pp. 

Art,  the  Elderly,  and  a  Museum:  Older  Adult  Programs  at  the  Brooklyn  Museum. 
Brooklyn,  N.Y.:  The  Brooklyn  Museum,  1980. 

Balkema,  John  B.,  with  Harry  R.  Moody.  The  Creative  Spirit:  An  Annotated  Bibliog- 
raphy on  the  Arts,  Humanities  and  Aging.  Washington, D.C.:  The  National  Coun- 
cil on  Aging,  1986. 

Cahill,  Pati,  comp.  Arts,  the  Humanities  and  Older  Americans:  A  Catalogue  of 
Program  Profiles.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  National  Council  on  the  Aging,  1981, 
81  pp. 

Greenberg,  Pearl,  with  Paula  Terry.  Visual  Arts  and  Older  People:  Developing  Quality 
Programs.  Springfield,  111.:  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1987.  205  pp. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

170 


Heffernan,  Ildiko,  and  Sandra  Schnee.  Art,  the  Elderly,  and  a  Museum:  Older  Adult 

Programs  at  the  Brooklyn  Museum.  Brooklyn,  N.Y.:  The  Brooklyn  Museum,  1980. 
Johnson,  Alton  C,  and  E.  Arthur  Prieve.  Older  Americans:  The  Unrealized  Audience 

for  the  Arts.  Madison:  University  of  Wisconsin,  1977. 
McCutcheon,  Priscilla  B.  An  Arts  and  Aging  Media  Sourcebook:  Films,   Videos, 

Slide/Tape  Shows.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  National  Council  on  the  Aging,  1986. 
McCutcheon,  Priscilla  B.,  and  Cathryn  S.  Wolf.  A  Resource  Guide  to  People,  Places 

and  Programs  in  Arts  and  Aging.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  National  Council  on  the 

Aging,  1984.  188  pp. 
Mertz,  Gregory  A.,  with  illustrations  by  Sara  Stromayer.  Our  Natural  World:  Group 

Discussion  and  Activity  Guides  for  Older  Audiences  and  Their  Group  Leaders. 

Washington,  D.C.:  Office  of  Education,  National  Museum  of  American  History, 

Smithsonian  Institution,  1986.  96  pp. 
Older  Adults  in  Museums,  Arts  and  Humanities:  Selected  Readings  and  Resources. 

Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  Museum  Reference  Center,  1984. 
Padwe,  Alice,  ed.  Older  Adults  and  the  Museum  World:  An  Emerging  Partnership. 

Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1982.  66  pp.,  bibliog. 
Rubin,  Eleanor.  Looking  Together:  A  Free  Training  Program  for  Senior  Adults  at  the 

Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston.  Boston:  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  1979.  103  pp. 
Senior  Citizen  Program — The  Baltimore  Museum  of  Art:  A  Handbook.  Baltimore,  Md.: 

The  Baltimore  Museum  of  Art,  Division  of  Education,  Senior  Citizen  Program,  1977. 
Sharpe,  Elizabeth  M.  The  Senior  Series  Program:  A  Case  Study  with  Implications  for 

Adoption.  Washington,  D.C.:  Smithsonian  Institution,  National  Museum  of  Amer- 
ican History,  1982.  228  pp. 

Journals 

Graetz,  Linda.  "Houston:  "A  Steady  Hand  and  Peaceful  Heart"'  in  a  special  section 

"Art  Museums  and  Older  Adults."  Museum  News  59  (5):  30,  33-35  (1981). 
Heffernan,  Ildiko,  and  Sandra  Schnee.  "Brooklyn:  Building  a  New  Musuem  Audience" 

in  special  section  "Art  Museums  and  Older  Adults."  Museum  News  59  (5):  30-32 

(1981). 
Hubbard,  Linda.  "Partners  in  Learning."  Modern  Maturity  26  (1):  87-88  (1983). 
"Museums  and  Older  Adults."  Special  issue  edited  by  Elizabeth  M.  Sharpe  et  al. 

Roundtable  Reports:  The  Journal  of  Museum  Education  9  (4):  2-20  (Fall  1984). 
Sunderland,  Jacqueline  T.  "Museums  and  Older  Americans."  Museum  News  55  (3): 

21-23(1977). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 
171 


HISTORIC    BUILDINGS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

Access  Improvements  in  Historic  Districts:  Providing  Access  to  Boston  s  Historic  New- 
bury Street  for  People  with  Disabilities.  Boston,  Mass.:  Design  Guild  Adaptive  En- 
vironments Center,  1989. 

Ballantyne,  Duncan  S.  Accommodation  of  Disabled  Visitors  at  Historic  Sites  in  the 
National  Park  System.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Tech- 
nical Preservation  Services  Division,  1983. 

Cultural  Resources  Management  Guideline,  no.  NPS-28.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  De- 
partment of  the  Interior,  National  Park  System,  Park  Historic  Architecture  Divi- 
sion, Cultural  Resources  Management,  1985. 

Battaglia,  David  H.  The  Impact  of  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  on  Historic 
Structures.  Information  Series,  no.  55.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Trust  for 
Historic  Preservation,  1991.  16  pp. 

Battaglia,  David  H.  "Americans  with  Disabilities  Act:  Its  Impact  on  Historic  Build- 
ings and  Structures."  10  Preservation  Law  Reporter  1169  (1991). 

Douglas,  James  D.  "Requirements  for  Accessibility  in  Historic  Buildings  under 
the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act."  In  Legal  Problems  of  Museum  Adminis- 
tration: Course  of  Study  Transcripts,  cosponsored  by  The  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution with  the  Cooperation  of  the  American  Association  of  Museums,  pp. 
387-98.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  American  Uaw  Institute,  1992. 

The  Impact  of  Accessibility  and  Historic  Preservation  Laws,  Regulations  and  Poli- 
cies on  NPS  Historic  Sites:  Analysis  and  Recommendations.  Washington,  D.C.: 
U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service,  1978. 

Jester,  Thomas  C,  and  Judy  L.  Hayward,  eds.  Accessibility  and  Historic  Preser- 
vation Resource  Guide.  A  guide  to  The  Accessibility  and  Historic  Preservation 
Workshops  sponsored  by  the  Historic  Windsor;  the  National  Park  Service, 
Preservation  Assistance  Division;  the  Advisory  Council  on  Historic  Preserva- 
tion; and  the  National  Conference  of  State  Historic  Preservation  Officers.  Pho- 
tocopy, 1992.  Reprint  information  available  from  Historic  Windsor,  Inc.,  Wind- 
sor, Vt. 

Kenney,  Alice  P.  Hospitable  Heritage:  The  Report  of  Museum  Access.  Allentown, 
Pa.:  Lehigh  County  Historical  Society,  1979.  44  pp. 

Kenney,  Alice  P.,  with  Charles  Cox.  Access  to  the  Past:  Museum  Programs  and 
Handicapped  Visitors.  A  Guide  to  Section  504 — Making  Existing  Programs  and 
Facilities  Accessible  to  the  Disabled  Person.  Nashville,  Tenn.:  American  Asso- 
ciation for  State  and  Local  History,  1980.  131  pp.,  bibliog. 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
172 


Parrott,  Charles.  Access  to  Historic  Buildings  for  the  Disabled:  Suggestions  for 
Planning  and  Implementation,  no.  46.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of 
the  Interior,  Technical  Preservation  Services  Division,  1980.  86  pp. 

Smith,  William,  and  Tara  G.  Frier.  Access  to  History:  A  Guide  to  Providing  Access 
to  Historic  Buildings  for  People  with  Disabilities.  Boston,  Mass.:  Massachusetts 
Historical  Commission,  1989. 

"Preserving  the  Past  and  Making  It  Accessible  to  Everyone:  How  Easy  a  Task?" 
CRM  Supplement  1991.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Na- 
tional Park  Service,  Preservation  Assistance  Division,  Cultural  Resources  Pro- 
grams, 1991. 

U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  National  Park  Service.  Accommodation  of  Hand- 
icapped Visitors  at  Historic  Sites,  Volume  1  Guide  and  Volume  2  Technical  Man- 
ual. Washington,  D.C.:  Government  Printing  Office,  1979. 


Journals 

"Access  to  History."  Historic  Preservation  30  (3):  2-3  (1978). 

Artymowsky,  Daniel.  "A  Calling  and  a  Challenge:  Working  for  the  Handicapped 
at  the  Royal  Castle  in  Warsaw."  The  International  Journal  of  Museum  Man- 
agement and  Curatorship  5  (2):  159-62  (1986). 

Kenney,  Alice  P.  "Open  Door  for  the  Handicapped."  Historic  Preservation  30 
(3):  12-17  (1978). 

James,  Marianna  S.  "One  Step  at  a  Time:  How  Winterthur  Approaches  Program 
Accessibility."  History  News  36  (7):  10-15  (1981).  bibliog. 

Walter,  J.  Jackson.  "President's  Note."  An  editorial  on  making  the  seventeen  prop- 
erties of  the  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation  accessible  to  the  disabled. 
Historic  Preservation  42  (3):  6  (1990). 

PLANNING,    DESIGNING,    FUNDING, 
AND    BUILDING    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUMS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

"The  Adapt  Fund:  Guidelines."  In  Adapt:  Access  for  Disabled  People  to  Arts 
Premises  Today.  Dunfermline,  England:  Carnegie  United  Kingdom  Trust, 

mo- 
Community  Development  Block  Grant  Report.  Photocopy.  (Available  from  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts,  1989,  1992  [forthcoming]). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

173 


Danilov,  Victor  J.  Science  and  Technology  Centers.  Cambridge:  The  MIT  Press, 
1982.  363  pp. 

Getting  There:  A  Guide  to  Accessibility  for  Your  Facility.  Berkeley,  Calif.:  Center 
for  Planning  and  Development  Research,  State  of  California  Department  of 
Vocational  Rehabilitation,  1979. 

Funding  Sources  and  Technical  Assistance  for  Museums  and  Historical  Agencies. 
Compiled  by  Hedy  A.  Hartman.  Nashville,  Tenn.:  The  American  Association 
for  State  and  Local  History,  1979. 

Handicapped  Funding  Directory:  A  Guide  to  Sources  of  Funding  in  the  United 
States  for  Handicapped  Programs  and  Services  for  the  Disabled.  Seventh  edi- 
tion. Margate,  Fla.:  Research  Grant  Guides,  1990. 

Management  Policies.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Na- 
tional Park  Service,  1988. 

Scott,  Bruce  H.  Book  of  Renovations:  A  Compilation  of  Drawings  Depicting  the 
Most  Common  Problems  and  Solutions  to  Renovating  Existing  Buildings  and 
Facilities  to  Make  Them  Accessible  to  and  Usable  by  People  with  Physical  Dis- 
abilities. Lawrence,  Kans.:  Kansas  University,  Research  and  Training  Center 
on  Independent  Living,  1985. 

Trippett,  Laurie.  "The  Accessibility  Standards  and  Where  to  Find  Them."  In  The 
Sourcebook  1992,  pp.  55-82.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  American  Association  of 
Museums,  1992. 

ARCHITECTURAL    SPECIFICATIONS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

The  American  Institute  of  Architects.  Design  for  Aging:  An  Architect's  Guide. 
Washington,  D.C.:  The  aia  Press,  1986,  1987. 

American  National  Standards  Institute.  American  National  Standards  Specifications 
for  Making  Buildings  and  Facilities  Accessible  to  and  Usable  by  Physically  Hand- 
icapped People,  no.  A117.1  (rev.  of  ansi  A117.1-1961).  New  York:  American  Na- 
tional Standards  Institute,  1980.  68  pp. 

The  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act:  Accessibility  Guidelines  for  Buildings  and 
Facilities,  36  CFR  Part  1191,  Sept.  6,  1991.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Architec- 
tural and  Transportaiton  Barriers  Compliance  Board.  28  pp. 

Goldsmith,  S.  Designing  for  the  Disabled.  3d  ed.  London:  riba  Publications,  1976. 

Kliment,  Stephen  A.  Into  the  Mainstream:  A  Syllabus  for  a  Barrier  Free  Envi- 
ronment. Washington,  D.C.:  The  American  Institute  of  Architects,  1975. 

Mace,  Ronald  L.  Accessibility  Modifications:  Guidelines  for  Modification  of  Ex- 
isting Buildings  for  Accessibility  to  the  Handicapped.  Raleigh,  N.C.:  Barrier- 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

'74 


Free  Environments,  for  North  Carolina  Department  of  Insurance,  Special 
Office  for  the  Handicapped,  1976,  1979. 

Mace,  Ronald  L.  Application  of  Basic  Design  Specifications.  Washington,  D.C.: 
The  American  Institute  of  Architects,  1978. 

Mace,  Ronald  L.  et  al.  The  Planners  Guide  to  Barrier-Free  Meetings.  Waltham, 
Mass.:  Barrier-Free  Environments  and  Howard  Russell  Associates,  1980. 

Milner,  Margaret.  Opening  Doors,  A  Handbook  on  Making  Facilities  Accessible  to 
Handicapped  People.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Center  for  a  Barrier  Free 
Environment  and  Community  Services  Administration,  1978. 

Uniform  Federal  Accessibility  Standards ,  49  FR  31528  August  7,  1984.  Washing- 
ton, D.C.:  U.S.  Architectural  and  Transportation  Barriers  Compliance  Board. 
69  pp. 

Journals 

Jones,  Michael  A.,  and  John  H.  Catlin.  "Design  for  Access."  Progressive  Archi- 
tecture: 65-70  (April  1978). 
Townsend,  Sally.  "Touch  and  See — Architecture  for  the  Blind."  Curator  18  (3): 

200-05  (1975) 
Vorreiter,  Gabrielle.  "Theatre  of  Touch."  The  Architectural  Review,  London  (1108): 
(1989). 

LEGAL    REGULATIONS 

Books,  reports,  and  guides 

The  ADA  Handbook.Washington,  D.C.:  eeoc  and  the  U.S.  Dept.  of  Justice,  1991. 

Americans  with  Disabilities  Act:  ADA  Compliance  Guide.  Washington,  D.C.:  Thomp- 
son Publishing  Group,  1990. 

The  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act:  From  Policy  to  Practice.  Edited  by  Jane  West. 
New  York:  Milbank  Memorial  Fund,  1991.  360  pp. 

American  with  Disabilities  Act  of  iggo:  Law  and  Explanation.  Chicago,  111.:  Com- 
merce Clearing  House,  1990. 

Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  Manual.  Washington,  D.C.:  The  Bureau  of  National 
Affairs,  1992. 

Catlin,  John  H,  Loebl  Schlossman,  and  Hackl,  Inc.  "Americans  with  Disabilities  Act: 
Museum  Compliance."  In  Legal  Problems  of  Museum  Administration:  Course  of 
Study  Transcripts,  cosponsored  by  The  Smithsonian  Institution  with  the  Coop- 
eration of  the  American  Association  of  Museums,  pp.  381-86.  Washington,  D.C.: 
The  American  Law  Institute,  1992. 

Cooke,  Edmund  D.,  and  Peter  S.  Gray,  eds.  The  Disability  Law  Reporter  Service. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 
175 


Englewood  Cliffs,  N.J.:  Prentice  Hall  Law  and  Business,  1991. 

General  Services  Administration,  Department  of  Defense,  Department  of  Housing 
and  Urban  Development,  and  U.S.  Postal  Service.  Uniform  Federal  Accessibility- 
Standards.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1988. 

Kamien,  Janet,  Amy  Goldbas,  and  Susan  Porter.  Is  There  Life  After  504?  A  Guide  to 
Building  and  Program  Accessibility.  Boston:  The  Children's  Museum,  1980, 1982. 
42  pp. 

National  Center  for  Law  and  Deafness.  "The  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act"  and 
"Architectural  Barriers'1  in  Legal  Rights:  The  Guide  for  Deaf  and  Hard  of  Hear- 
ing People,  pp.  15-46  and  pp.  167-72.  4th  ed.  Washington,  D.C.:  Gallaudet  Uni- 
versity Press,  1992.  297  pp. 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts.  The  Arts  and  504:  A  504  Handbook  for  Accessi- 
ble Arts  Programming.  Raleigh,  N.C.:  Barrier- Free  Environments,  for  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts,  1985.  97  pp.  (A  twenty-two  page  companion  pub- 
lication is  the  Program  Evaluation  Workbook,  available  from  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts,  Office  for  Special  Constituencies.) 

Naeve,  Robert  A.  Managing  ADA:  The  Complete  Compliance  Guide.  New  York:  Wi- 
ley Law  Publications,  1992. 

Regulations  for  Nondiscrimination  on  the  Basis  of  Handicap  under  Section  504  of 
the  Rehabilitation  Act  of 1973.  44  Fed.  Reg.  22730,  April  17,  1979  and  45  c.f.r., 
part  1 151.  (Also  available  in  large  type  for  the  visually  impaired  from  the  National 
Endowment  of  the  Arts.) 

Summary  of  Existing  Legislation  Affecting  Persons  with  Disabilities.  Washington, 
D.C.:  U.S.  Department  of  Education,  Office  of  Special  Education  and  Rehabili- 
tative Services,  Clearinghouse  on  the  Handicapped,  1992. 

UFAS  Retrofit  Manual.  Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Architectural  and  Transportation 
Barriers  Compliance  Board,  1991. 


Journals 

Kamien,  Janet.  "A  Question  of  Accessibility."  In  special  issue  "Focus  on  the  Disabled" 
edited  by  Susan  N.  Lehman  with  Janice  Majewski.  The  Journal  of  Museum  Ed- 
ucation: Roundtable  Reports  6  (2):  5,  7  (1981). 

Molloy,  Larry.  "504  Regs:  Learning  to  Live  by  the  Rules."  Museum  News  57  (1):  28-33 
(1978). 

Molloy,  Larry.  "'The  Case  for  Accessibility."  Museum  News  55  (3):  15-17  (1977). 

Molloy,  Larry.  "One  Way  to  Comply  with  Section  504."  Museum  News  57  (4):  24-28 

(i979)- 
Olsen,  Marion.  ''Programming  and  504."  Museum  News  59  (4):  9, 11, 13-14, 16  (1981). 

THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 

[70 


Index 


Access  Network  for  Museums,  33 

Accessibility,  8,  9,  14;  architectural,  15, 
96,  106, 136;  and  budget,  114;  built  in, 
28,  36,  58,  62,  96;  codes  of,  96;  com- 
mittee on,  101, 106;  to  community, 
136;  construction  cost,  62;  in  design, 
56,  59;  as  discipline,  11;  economics  of, 
59;  of  historic  sites,  72;  philosophy  of, 
92;  in  planning,  56,  96;  and 
renovation,  28;  training  in,  51 

ADA.  See  Americans  with  Disabilities 
Act  (ADA) 

Adaptations,  150-50 

Advisory  group,  24,  117, 120;  Special 
Needs,  no,  114 

Age-related  disorders,  20,  59.  See  also 
Senior  citizens-  Older  adults 

Agriculture,  78 

Alarcon,  Dr.  Molly,  58,  59,  62,  63 

Alcohol  abuse,  20,  24 

Allen,  Nettie,  74 

Alliance  for  Technology  Access,  143 

Allied  Arts,  34-41 

American  Association  of  Museums,  8 

American  Indians,  30,  80 

American  Sign  Language  (ASL),  86,  89 


Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  (ADA) 

9,  11,  12,  13 
Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum,  38 
Animals,  28,  31,  144;  adaptations  of  156; 

close  contact  with,  80;  compared 

with  tools,  147;  native  habitats  of, 

148;  taxidermied,  21,  149; 

therapeutic  effect  of,  18-20,  22 
Aquarium  of  the  Americas,  56-63,  106 
Arbor  Fund,  65 
Archeological  dig,  51-52 
Architects,  58,  133 

Architecture,  8,  13,  30,  34,  62,  72,  74 
Archives  of  Georgia  Education,  38 
Armchair  Slide  Tours,  50 
Art,  in,  125,  126;  concepts  of,  133-  for 

everyone,  no,  115;  exhibitions  of,  50; 

folk  art,  127;  Islamic,  133-34; 

principles  of,  136;  studio  workshops, 

127,  130;  tactile,  127,  139 
Art  museum,  9,  14,  125.  See  also 

individual  museums 
ARTiFACT  CENTER,  51-53 
Artifacts,  28,  49 
Artist(s),  32,  108;  in  residence,  38,  41, 

127,  129 


177 


Atlanta,  39 

Attitudes,  8,  9,  96 

Audio  cassette/audio  tapes  62,  108,  150. 

See  also  Blind;  Visually  impaired 
Auditorium,  101,  125 
Audubon  Institute,  56,  59 
Autism,  20,  58,  62-63 
Aviation,  78 
Balance,  136,  138-39 
Baldwin  County  School  System,  41 
Barrett,  Kathy,  144-45 
Barriers,  8,  free  from,  56,  no,  125.  See 

also  Accessibility. 
Bathrooms,  15,  18,  36,  71,  76,  80,  no, 

125,  130-31;  with  cultural  music,  28; 

door  width,  130;  grab  bar  in,  9;  high 

tech,  62 
Behavior  problems,  20,  21-22,  32 
Beverly  Enterprises,  45 
Bevington,  Jennifer,  42,  44 
Big  Apple  Circus,  32 
Bird  refuges,  65,  69 
Black  Women:  Achievements  Against 

the  Odds,  38 
Blind  person(s),  12;  and  aquarium,  62; 

art  for,  126;  classes  for,  28;  member 

of  committee,  58;  sculpture  for.  See 

sculpture;  science  for,  140;  siren  for, 

59;  tours  for,  96,  108.  See  also 

visually  impaired 
Bloedel,  Prentice  and  Virginia,  65 
Bloedel  Reserve,  67-71 
Bloomer,  Ray,  148 
Board  of  advisors,  129 
Bonds,  56 

Boston,  27,  28,  30, 108, 147 
Braille,  13,  18,  21,  53,  129 
Brecher,  Kenneth,  30 


British  Broadcasting  Company,  12 
Brochure,  for  special  visitors,  18,  102, 

129;  poster,  105;  type  size  in,  67,  101, 

108,  no 
Brookfield  Zoo,  18-25 
Brown,  Tish,  125-26,  129 
Budget  problems,  114 
Burkhalter,  Barrie,  67 
Butler,  Clyde,  56,  58,  59,  60,  62,  63 
Cafeteria,  92,  no 
Caffarelli,  Camille,  50 
California,  Berkeley,  140.  See  also  Los 

Angeles;  San  Francisco 
California  Arts  Council,  89 
California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of 

Honor,  125 
California  School  for  the  Deaf,  86,  88 
Campers,  32,  38,  69-70 
Carnegie  Museum,  44 
Center  for  Independent  Living,  129 
Center  for  Multisensory  Learning 

(cml),  140-41 
Central  Blind  Rehabilitation  Center,  23 
Cerebral  palsy,  154 
Chastain,  Sharon,  133-35 
Chicago,  49-50,  51 
Chicago  Zoological  Park.  See  Brookfield 

Zoo 
Children,  in,  113;  apprenticeship  for,  121; 

development  of,  33;  festival  for,  32, 

39;  latch-key,  39,  41 
Children  of  a  Lesser  God,  12 
Children's  hospitals,  26 
Children's  Museum  (Boston),  24-33 
Cinatl,  Mike,  134 

Circus,  signed  performance  at,  32 
Codes,  8 
Gofer,  Judith  Ortiz,  41 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
I78 


Cognitive  disabilities,  95 

Communication  skills,  40,  63,  142 

Community  involvement,  59 

Comparable  services,  15 

Computers,  140,  143,  154 

Concerts,  signed,  71 

Coons,  Valerie,  90,  92,  94,  96 

Coordination  problems,  148 

Costume,  121 

County  Fair,  83 

Crafts  Tour,  82-83 

Culture(s),  access  to,  13;  barriers  to,  8;  di- 
versity in,  ill;  teaching  about,  33, 133 

Curbs,  28,  92.  See  also  Ramps 

Davidson,  Betty,  147,  149-50,  DCCG.  See 
Disabled  Children's  Computer 
Group  (DCCG) 

De  Lucchi,  Linda,  142 

de  Young,  M.  H.  Memorial  Museum, 

125,  I31 
Deaf,  51,  58-59,  148;  artistis,  89;  classes 

for,  28,  134-35,  149  communications 

with,  60,  118;  divergence  among, 

12.  See  also  hearing  impaired;  script 

for,  106,  150;  telephone  for,  no; 

See  also  TT 

de  Forest,  Robert  W.,  13 

Delaware  Association  for  the  Blind,  96 

Delaware,  Winterthur,  90 

DeLois,  John,  127 

Design/designer,  9,  106 

Developmentally  disabled,  101-05 

Development  office,  106 

Diamond,  Marian  C,  140 

Dinosaurs,  42-44,  140 

Disabilities,  27,  32,  33,  59,  95;  staff 
training  on,  22,  95.  See  also 
interpreters,  training  of 


Disability  groups,  12,  80,  118 
Disabled,  11,  12,  53;  employment 

opportunities  for,  14,  152  and  senior 

citizens,  12,  126.  See  also  special 

needs 
Disabled  Children's  Computer  Group 

(DCCG),  143 
Disabled  community,  67,  no,  143 
Disabled  persons,  n,  12,  44,  63,  152;  as 

visitors,  106,  120,  131 
Disabled  Visitor  Services,  102,  106 
Docents,  49,  83,  126,  133;  camaraderie 

among,  44;  senior  citizens  as,  45-47, 

82,  no-ii;  training  for,  44-45,  50, 

105,  129,  134,  144 
Docents  for  the  Deaf,  127 
"Does  He  Take  Sugar?,"  12 
Doors,  8,  28,  50,  62.  See  also  Bathroom 
Drayton  Hall,  72-77 
Drug  abuse,  20,  24,  129 
Dyslexia,  31 
Duncan,  Susan,  113 
DuPont,  Henry  Francis,  90;  estate  of, 

90,  96,  97 
Education  programs,  9,  151;  at 

elementary  school,  143-44;  for  high 

school,  126;  in  hospitals,  in;  after 

school,  21,  41; 
Elderly.  See  Older  adults;  Senior 

citizens 
Elevators,  11,  28,  50,  92 
Elliott,  Maril,  67 
Employment,  n-12,  62-63,  118; 

philosophy  of,  56 
Emotional  problems,  115,  154 
Entrance,  no,  118, 148 
Epilepsy  Foundation,  63 
Equality,  n,  15 


INDEX 

179 


Erb,  Larry,  38 
Evaluation  of  programs,  24 
Evaluation  Development  Center  (EDC), 

I52,  154 
Exhibits,  96;  accessibility  of,  50,  118, 

126;  creation  of,  8,  150;  dioramas, 
148,  150;  and  handicapped  com- 
mittee, 59,  106;  height  of,  60,  96; 
installation  of,  154;  modification  of, 
148;  research  on,  154;  tactile  tours, 
96;  visual,  148;  wheelchair 
accessible,  60;  working,  78 

Farm  environment,  78,  117 

Federal  financial  assistance,  11,  12 

Ferguson,  Deborah,  41 

Ferguson,  Tom,  38 

Field  trips,  139 

Fine  Arts  Museum  of  San  Francisco,  85, 

I25-3! 
FitzGerald,  Margie,  80,  81,  83 

Forest,  65,  78,  80 

Forman,  Robert,  59 

Forstall,  James,  58,  60 

Fort  Worth,  133 

Fortenberry-Parkman  farm,  78,  81-82 

Foundation  for  Children  with  Learning 

Disabilities,  33 
Fountain  (drinking  water),  62,  76,  80, 

125;  wheelchair  accessible,  18,  28 
Frank,  Wendy,  32 
Friends  of  Allied  Arts,  41 
Funding,  24 
Gallery/galleries,  96,  no,  118,  133-34; 

guide  to,  129 
Gannett  Corporation,  105 
Garden(s),  65,  108 
General  Electric,  145 
George,  Alberta  Sebolt,  118 


Georgia  College,  38,  41 

Georgia  Council  for  the  Arts,  41 

Gift  shops,  15 

Graphics,  60.  See  also  Type  size;  Typeface 

Griffin,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Floyd,  36 

Guides,  62,  120 

Guterman's  House,  28,  30 

Guttman  Foundation  (Stella  and 

Charles),  105 
Hanlon,  Claudia,  102 
Hatano,  Janet,  85-86,  88,  89 
Health,  30,  144-45 
Hearing  impaired,  8,  20,  67,  72,  74,  83, 

85,  in,  114,  133;  captioned  exhibits, 

60;  interpreters  for,  30-31,  60,  95; 

as  Museum  Ambassador,  126;  signed 

performances  for,  32;  signed  tours. 

See  signed  tours;  workshops  for,  133 
Hearing  loss,  59 
Heggie,  Bea,  85-88 
Heritage  Center,  78,  80 
Hines  Veteran  Hospital,  23 
Hinton,  Bill,  40 
Historic  property,  34,  90 
Historical  tradition,  78 
History  museums,  80 
Hodas,  Laurie,  129 
Hoffman,  Paula,  70 
Horizons  for  the  Blind,  50 
Horticulture,  90,  108 
House  museum,  72 
Housing  and  Urban  Development, 

Department  of,  36 
Hudspeth  Retardation  Center,  80 
Huffman,  Lorilee,  152,  154 
Illinois,  Brookfield,  18;  Carbondale,  152; 

Chicago.  See  Chicago  Illinois  Arts 

Council,  51 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
l80 


Illinois  Department  of  Rehabilitation,  154 
Ingram,  Marilyn,  136 
Institute  for  Museum  Services,  148 
Integrated  programming,  92,  95 
Intergenerational  program,  in,  144-45 
Interpreters,  30-32,  76;  availability 

of,  60,  70;  historic,  121;  training  of,  31, 

133-35 
Interpreting  for  the  Deaf,  134 

Israel,  52-53 

Jackson,  Mississippi,  78 

Jaffe,  Deborah,  102,  105 

Japan,  30,  68 

Jewish  life,  30,  49-50 

Jim  Buck  Ross  Agriculture  and 

Forestry /National  Agricultural 

Aviation  Museum,  78-83 
Job  descriptions,  152-53 
Joffe,  Eunice,  51 
Kahn,  Louis  I.,  133 
Kimball,  Mary,  67-68,  70-71 
Kimbell  Art  Museum,  132-39 
Kits,  142,  154 
Kitsap  Handicapped  Action 

Committee,  68 
Kolombatovic,  Igor,  89 
Labels,  Braille,  18,  53;  for  exhibits,  18, 

148-49;  large  print,  no,  131,  149; 

standards  for  in  museums,  106-07 
Larkin,  Rosemary,  27 
Lavin,  Meggett,  72,  77 
Lawrence  Hall  of  Science,  140-45 
Lea,  George,  38 
Learning  and  elderly,  45-47 
Learning  disabilities,  8,  33,  95,  in,  121 
Learning  disabled/disordered,  52,  113, 

126,  142, 149 
Learning  impaired,  67,  80,  83 


LeBrun,  Joan,  no 

Libraries,  28,  ill,  152 

Lieb,  Kathi,  49 

Lighthouse  for  the  Blind,  69-70 

Lip  reading,  13,  67 

Listening  device,  no 

Los  Angeles,  42,  44,  47 

Louisiana  Department  of  Public 

Health,  58 
Low-vision  visitors,  126.  See  also 

Visually  impaired;  Blind 
Mainstreaming,  14,  15,  33, 142.  See  also 

Normalization 
Maintenance,  62,  118 
Majewski,  Jan,  148 
Marcus,  Susan,  51-53 
Marlor  (Elizabeth)  Bethune  Art 

Gallery,  36 
Marlor  (John)  Arts  Center,  34-41 
Marlor  (John)  House,  35-36 
Massachusetts,  Boston.  See  Boston; 

Sturbridge,  117 
Masterick,  Al,  41 
Mathematics,  140-42 
McKinney,  Charlie,  74 
McLean,  Robert,  58 
Medical  problems,  42 
Mental  disability,  12,  39,  95 
Mental  retardation,  12,  20,  22,  23 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  12-13,  Joi-07 
Milaret,  Gerald,  58 
Milaret,  Ida,  58 

Milledgeville,  City  of,  36,  38,  41 
Milledgeville-Baldwin  County  Allied 

Arts,  34 
Mississippi  Methodist  Rehabilitation 

Center,  80 
Mississippi  River,  58-59 


INDEX 

181 


Mississippi  Schools,  80,  83 
Mississippi  State  Hospital,  80,  81 
Mississippi  State  University,  at 

Starkville,  83 
Mobility-impaired,  12,  67,  76,  148,  149 
Mobility  training,  23 
Monet  exhibit,  108 
Multiple  sclerosis,  9 
Multi-sensory  approach,  85-86,  151 
Museum,  8,  9;  circulation  routes 

through,  28;  professionals,  15,  33 
Museum  Ambassadors,  126 
Museum  of  Fine  Arts  (Boston),  108-16 
Museum  of  Science  (Boston),  147-51 
Museums,  11;  parties  in,  15;  public 

accommodations  in,  12;  receptions 

in,  15,  50;  as  resource  to  community, 

32;  shop  in,  63;  total  accessibility  in, 

15;  for  training  disabled  people,  152; 

music,  13,  32,  71,  136 
"My  Mommy  Drives  a  Wheelchair,"  27 
Mythology,  134 
National  Braille  Press,  108 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  8,  72, 

74, 106  504  Regulations,  11-12,  13,  15 
National  Historic  Landmark,  72 
National  Medical  Enterprises,  45 
National  Park  Service,  148 
National  Trust  for  Historic 

Preservation,  74 
Natural  history,  28,  148 
Natural  History  Museum  of  Los  Angeles 

County,  42-48 
Nature  reserve,  65 
Neal,  Jeanne,  108 
Neely,  Cheryl,  136 
Neurological  impairments,  12 
New  England,  33,  117,  148,  150 


New  Orleans,  56,  59 

New  York  State  Office  of  Mental 

Retardation  and  Developmental 

Disabilities,  105 
Nisbet,  Jack,  38 

Normalization.  See  Mainstreaming 
Nursing  homes,  28,  82,  no 
Oakland  Museum,  84-89 
Office  of  Elder  Affairs 

(Massachusetts),  in 
Old  Sturbridge  Village,  33,  117-21 
Older  adults,  9,  50,  80,  81;  classes  for, 

38;  and  disabled,  12;  and  labels,  107; 

outreach  for,  42-44;  as  tour  guides, 

no— ii;  tours  for,  49,  76.  See  also 

Senior  Citizens 
Orthopedically  disabled,  129,  142 
Ostenson,  Patricia  M.,  67,  71 
Outreach,  24,  38,  42,  82,  no, 
Paintings,  38,  130,  133 
Parking,  15,  18,  36,  no 
Performing  arts,  32,  36,  71 
Perkins  School  for  the  Blind,  147,  149 
Philip  Morris  Companies,  Inc.,  105 
Photographs,  36,  92,  94 
Physical  accommodation,  8,  13 
Physical  disability,  8,  20,  39 
Pierschalla,  Michael,  114 
Pillsbury,  Edmund,  136 
Polansky,  David,  32 
Posell,  Annette,  148 
Preservation,  72,  76 
Principle  of  Normalization  in  Human 

Services,  13-14 
Prinz,  Betty  Ann,  86 
Program  for  Visitors  with  Disabilities, 

125-26 
Puppets,  32,  83 


THE    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 
182 


Quadriplegic,  27 

Ramp(s),  9, 14, 15,  36,  38,  62,  68,  76, 

80,  96,  1 10;  entrance,  131;  grit  strips 

on,  37;  picture  of,  127;  at  zoo,  18 
Redfern,  Rusty,  39 
Redmond,  Granville,  88,  89 
Rehabilitation,  89,  152-53 
Restaurants,  15,  18 
Retirement  homes,  50,  82 
Revere,  Paul,  91,  95 
Riveredge  Hospital,  24 
Rivers  Correctional  Institute,  40 
Rosenbaum,  Isabel,  45 
Rubin,  Eleanor,  108,  110-11,  113,  114 
Safety,  20,  59 
Sampson,  David,  36 
San  Francisco,  125 
San  Francisco  Bay,  126,  129 
Schmedes,  John,  38,  40 
Science,  38, 140, 143;  museums  of,  9, 140; 

science  education,  33,  140-41,  144 
Science  Activities  for  the  Visually 

Impaired  (SAVl),  140-41 
Science  Enrichment  for  Learners  with 

Physical  Handicaps  (SELPH),  142 
Science  Teachers'  Bureau,  28 
Sculpture,  13,  28,  127,  130;  touchable, 

132,  139;  for  visually  handicapped, 

113,  126 
Seattle  Aquarium,  67 
Seizure  (epilepsy),  63 
Self  confidence/self  esteem,  21,  40 
Self-Help  for  Hard  of  Hearing  People, 

Inc.,  74 
Senior  citizens,  12,  38,  42,  50,  59,  82, 

143;  Safari  Tours  for,  24. 

See  Older  adults. 
Senior  Citizens  Day,  82 


Sensory  exhibits,  21,  22,  38,  120,  150 

Sheltered  living,  12,  38 

Sign  language,  12,  62,  85-86,  118;  fairy 

tales  in,  27,  32;  interpreters,  60,  74, 

85,  88,  101,  114,  133-36 
Signed  Exact  English,  86 
Silver,  Nona,  27,  30,  32,  33 
Smith,  Marie  and  Stan,  89 
Smithsonian  Institution,  38,  148 
Snyder,  Betty,  36,  41 
South  Carolina  Association  for  the 

Deaf,  74 
Southern  Arts  Federation,  41 
Southern  Ballet  Theatre,  38 
Southern  Illinois  University,  152 
Special  Audiences,  Inc.,  36 
Special  education,  22,  101 
Special  needs  audiences,  20,  30-31, 

iio-iii 
Special  populations,  18,  20,  24,  56; 

inmates,  39,  40 
Speech  problems,  67 
Spertus  Museum  of  Judaica,  48-53 
Staff,  integration  of  disabled  persons 

into,  114-15;  training  for,  56,  67,  67, 

no,  118,  120 
Stair  Trac,  77 
Steps,  28,  36,  38,  68,  92 
Stone,  Sandra,  129-30 
Stride -Rite  Day  Care  Center,  in 
Strollers,  59, 131 
Tactile  presentations,  21,  50,  60,  69, 

113,  127 
Tarrant  County  Junior  College,  134-35 
TT,  63 

Teachers,  39-40,  142;  training  of,  33, 144 
Telephones,  12,  18,  28,  80,  no 
Therapeutic  recreation,  18,  21 


INDEX 

183 


Todd,  Lolly,  85-88 

Touch,  boxes  for,  21;  objects,  14,  15,  138, 

149,  150;  Touch-it-  Room,  95 
Tours,  59,  book  of,  74,  94;  for  disabled 

group,  23,  102;  guides  for,  9,  69,  95; 

Leisure  Tours,  49-50;  recorded, 

101,  no;  scripts  of,  ioi;  signed,  85; 

tactile,  23,  120;  by  touch,  13,  94, 

ioi;  by  tram,  95;  translated,  76; 

written,  76 
Trade  and  travel  booth,  52-53 
Trails,  68,  92,  96 
Training,  22,  63,  95,  120,  123,  142,  152, 

lhh-hh->  manual,  63 
Transportation,  19,  20,  25,  78;  bus,  92; 

golf  carts,  80,  82;  mass  transit,  11; 

scooter,  80,  82. 
Trieglaff,  Mark,  18,  20,  21,  23 
TT  (Telephone  Text  for  hearing 

impaired  people),  8,  28,  67 
Tubre,  Charles,  56,  58,  59,  62,  63 
Turk,  Gregor,  38 
Turnipseed,  Dr.  Georgia,  83 
Type  size,  67,  106-07 
Typeface,  14,  74, 107 
United  States,  disabled  in,  11 
University  of  California,  at  Berkeley, 

140;  at  Santa  Cruz,  126 
University  Museum  (Southern  Illinois 

University),  152-56 
Very  Special  Arts  (VSA),  32,  38-39,  83 
Veterans,  23 
Video/videotape,  40,  149 
Vinson  (Mary)  Memorial  Library, 

33-,  41 
Visitors'  center,  65,  68,  71 


Visually  impaired,  8,  9,  59,  108.  See 
also  Blind,  art  for,  113  audio  casette 
for,  62,  67,  107;  barnyard  for,  80; 
drawing  for,  37;  and  low  lighting, 
92;  and  structure,  139;  tour  guides 
for,  63,  67,  69;  tours  for,  23,  31-32, 
77,  94,  96,  101,  108;  touching 
artificats,  80,  81,  114,  115,  127,  149; 
workshops  for,  136 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973, 

11,13 
Vocational  training,  24 

Volunteers,  24,  60,  110-11,  126; 

handbook  for,  67;  interpreter  60; 

older,  144;  and  science  resources,  145; 

training  for,  22,  63,  67,  no,  113 
Washington  (State),  Bainb ridge  Island, 

65;  Library  for  the  Blind,  67 
Water  fountain.  See  Fountain  (drinking 

water) 
Wheelchair,  brochure,  18;  and  carpet, 

129;  and  elderly,  50;  and  elevator, 

50;  employment  of  person  in,  155; 

and  exhibit  area,  96;  motorized,  80; 

paths  for,  18,  96;  routing  for,  106; 

and  tickets,  62;  and  tight  space,92; 

tram  for,  24;  view  from,  27,  148 
Wheelchairs,  28,  52,  59,  68,  125 
White,  Eric,  117,  118,  120 
Wikstrom,  Erik,  32 
Winterthur  Museum,  90-97,  106 
Wise,  Linden,  106 
Wolfensberger,  Wolf,  14 
Women,  41,  49 
Writing,  38,  41,  52-53 
Zoo,  22,  23;  See  Brookfield  Zoo 


TIIK    ACCESSIBLE    MUSEUM 


184 


AMERICAN   ASSOCIATION   OF   MUSEUMS 

1225  I  $treet,  Northwest 
Washington,  D.C.^0005